12.11.2014 Views

Brochure - English translations of course offerings

Brochure - English translations of course offerings

Brochure - English translations of course offerings

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Course Offerings <br />

JYF 2010 -­‐ 2011


Table <strong>of</strong> Contents <br />

COURSE OFFERINGS - PARIS III..........................................................................................................3 <br />

CINEMA ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 <br />

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE..........................................................................................................................................20 <br />

FRENCH LITERATURE, MODERN LITERATURE......................................................................................................25 <br />

EUROPEAN STUDIES...........................................................................................................................................................45 <br />

COURSE OFFERINGS – PARIS IV ...................................................................................................... 48 <br />

ART HISTORY .........................................................................................................................................................................48 <br />

HISTORY ...................................................................................................................................................................................49 <br />

LITERATURE...........................................................................................................................................................................64 <br />

FRENCH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE.............................................................................................................70 <br />

PHILOSOPHY...........................................................................................................................................................................80 <br />

COURSE OFFERINGS – PARIS VII..................................................................................................... 98 <br />

BUSINESS..................................................................................................................................................................................98 <br />

ECONOMICS..........................................................................................................................................................................102 <br />

FILM STUDIES .....................................................................................................................................................................110 <br />

HISTORY ................................................................................................................................................................................114 <br />

LITERATURE........................................................................................................................................................................130 <br />

MATHEMATICS...................................................................................................................................................................142 <br />

SOCIOLOGY...........................................................................................................................................................................144 <br />

SBC SPECIAL JYF COURSES .............................................................................................................154 <br />

LITERATURE AND WRITING.........................................................................................................................................154 <br />

ART...........................................................................................................................................................................................154 <br />

FRENCH..................................................................................................................................................................................156 <br />

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS.....................................................................................................................................156 <br />

<br />

2


Course Offerings -­‐ Paris III <br />

CINEMA <br />

Licence 2 <br />

V3DOF – CM: History <strong>of</strong> Television Forms <br />

Guillaume Soulez <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to French television’s history through the study <strong>of</strong> <br />

two genres, the documentary and drama (period covered: RTF [Radiodiffusion-­‐<br />

Télévision Française] then ORTF [Office de Radiodiffusion Télévision Française], <br />

from 1949 to 1964), and an initiation to the aesthetic and critical study <strong>of</strong> television. <br />

A program at the University Cinematheque (room 49) will accompany the <strong>course</strong>. <br />

V3DOC/TD – Cinematography – Hollywood Romances <br />

Laurent Jullier <br />

What are the recurring figures in Hollywood romances between 1935 and 1965, in <br />

the stories as well as in the ways they are told? We will study the following movies: <br />

Peter Ibbetson, Casablanca, Laura, Miner, Splendor in the Grass, Kiss Me, Stupid. <br />

French Cinema <strong>of</strong> the 1930s <br />

Michel Marie <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on French Cinema in Europe from the transition to <br />

speaking films to the war <strong>of</strong> 1940. We will evaluate the transition from silent to <br />

speaking, the political relations (crisis <strong>of</strong> 1934, Front populaire), the institutional <br />

reforms, and the recognized filmmakers and referential films. We will reread some <br />

classical films from recognized directors (Jean Renoir, Marcel Carné, Julien Duvivier, <br />

Jean Grémillon). Must we rehabilitate the films <strong>of</strong> current commercial production? <br />

(A program at the University Cinematheque [room 49] will accompany the <strong>course</strong>.) <br />

The Documentary in France <br />

Isabelle Marinone <br />

What does it mean to record reality? And <strong>of</strong> what reality are we speaking? The field <br />

<strong>of</strong> the documentary is vast. From the first exploratory films to the social <br />

documentary, this genre has experienced great technical and aesthetic <br />

transformations. In all the eras, from the silent to the digital age, it brings into play <br />

the role <strong>of</strong> the filmmaker and the notion <strong>of</strong> artistic creation. <br />

<br />

3


Postcolonial French Cinema <br />

Delphine Robic-­‐Diaz <br />

The numerous French films dedicated to the colonies (La Victoire en chantant by <br />

Jean-­‐Jacques Arnaud, Coup de tourchon by Bertrand Tavernier, Indochine by Régis <br />

Wargnier, etc.) and to the wars <strong>of</strong> decolonization (Indochina, Algeria) filmed since <br />

1954 demonstrate a willingness no longer to belittle the Other and to restore <br />

her/his autonomous identity. However, these same films do not manage to let go <strong>of</strong> <br />

an undeniable Europocentrism. Is not the postcolonial age one <strong>of</strong> neo-­‐colonialism? <br />

American B-Movies <br />

Charles Tesson <br />

Associating historical, economic, and aesthetic elements, we will study the <br />

circumstances <strong>of</strong> the birth <strong>of</strong> the B-­‐Movie in American cinema as well as its <br />

evolution in different genres (Western, Fantastical film, Film Noir). An approach to <br />

the American B Movie, through classical figures (Edgar G. Ulmer, Jacques Tourneur, <br />

Joseph Lewis), will allow seeing how it has become a world <strong>of</strong> its own within <br />

American cinema. <br />

V3L21 – Cinema Electives - Deportation and Genocide: Views on the <br />

Phenomenon <br />

Sylvie Lindeperg <br />

From the filmed sequences during the liberation <strong>of</strong> Nazi camps to reconstructed <br />

fictions, including edited documentaries and more unique works (Shoah by Cluade <br />

Lanzmann, Drancy Avenir by Arnaud des Pallières, Voyages by Emmanuel Finkiel, <br />

etc.), this <strong>course</strong> will study different gestures and cinematographic means chosen by <br />

the filmmakers to evoke the phenomenon and attempts to confront it. The <strong>course</strong> <br />

will also elucidate the great theoretical debates that emerged in regard to the <br />

question <strong>of</strong> images and the representations <strong>of</strong> the Holocaust. <br />

Faces and Deformities in the Fine Arts and Cinema <br />

Julien Milly <br />

How should one think about the failure <strong>of</strong> the face? How is one to develop and <br />

analyze an aesthetic that aims to abstract the body from the artistic scene? With a <br />

strong interdisciplinary approach, we will study different pictorial (Cremonini, <br />

Rustin, Velikovich, Rebeyrolle), photographic (Fleischer, Wall, Cherman, Goldin), <br />

and cinematographic forms (Bergman, Kiarostami, von Trier, Wong Kar-­‐wai) that <br />

promote an attack on human representation. We will question a range <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fenses on <br />

identity from the simple refusal to some contemporary depictions <strong>of</strong> injury. The <br />

method called critical anthropology <strong>of</strong> art will be used in the <strong>course</strong> (studies <strong>of</strong> <br />

sequences and fixed images). <br />

<br />

4


The Musical “Dis<strong>course</strong>” <strong>of</strong> Movies <br />

Sylvie Rollet <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will explore a hypothesis: in a certain number <strong>of</strong> films, music plays a <br />

founding role, both on the micro and macro-­‐structural levels. Working on music on <br />

music on all levels (form, instrumentation, frequency, cuts, etc.) will allow us to <br />

highlight the deep structure <strong>of</strong> the work. <br />

Contemporary German Cinema <br />

Anna S<strong>of</strong>ia Rossholm <br />

While German cinema has experienced an international renewal, we will analyze the <br />

filmed representation <strong>of</strong> cultural identity in today’s Europe. Starting with theoretical <br />

perspectives on cinema such as national and transcultural imagined constructs, the <br />

<strong>course</strong> will study different movements in contemporary German cinema that depict <br />

a new image <strong>of</strong> Germany and Europe. We will look at some “films d’auteur” <strong>of</strong> the <br />

“Berlin School,” the great productions characterized by the representations <strong>of</strong> <br />

history and the films <strong>of</strong> the young generation <strong>of</strong> filmmakers from immigrant milieus. <br />

These films will also be studied in relation to other key periods <strong>of</strong> German cinema, <br />

notably Weimar’s cinema and the films <strong>of</strong> R.W. Fassbinder and Wim Wenders. <br />

The New Wave <br />

Muriel Tinel <br />

The New Wave is a short but pivotal period in the history <strong>of</strong> French cinema. We will <br />

retrace the key events and will establish a portrait <strong>of</strong> the main actors (directors, <br />

actors, producers). Then, we will study some major films like A bout de soufflé <br />

(1960), Les Quatre Cents Coups (1959), Le Beau Serge (1959), and Adieu Philippine <br />

(1963) in order to analyze the aesthetic and thematic traits. A program at the <br />

University Cinematheque (room 49) will accompany the <strong>course</strong>. <br />

V4DOS / TD – General Aesthetics <br />

We will study the psychoanalytic mechanisms <strong>of</strong> fear and anxiety with the help <strong>of</strong> <br />

aesthetic and psychoanalytic texts to which will be associated the study <strong>of</strong> slides and <br />

filmed sequences. Depending on the instructors, the following topics will be <br />

addressed: the spaces <strong>of</strong> anxiety, the realms <strong>of</strong> madness, the aesthetic <strong>of</strong> <br />

disappearance, the fears <strong>of</strong> collapse, <strong>of</strong> “diasparagmos,” <strong>of</strong> dismemberment, <strong>of</strong> <br />

crime, etc. <br />

<br />

5


V4DOF / TD – History <strong>of</strong> Television Forms: Hollywood and Television: The <br />

Beginnings <strong>of</strong> American Television (1940s-1960s) <br />

Kira Kitsopanidou <br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to revisit the early years <strong>of</strong> television in the United <br />

States, underscoring the forms <strong>of</strong> programming that aimed to constitute a specificity <br />

for new media (anthology dramas, teledramas, spectaculars). We will analyze the <br />

rise in power <strong>of</strong> fictions filmed live, the influences <strong>of</strong> older media (theater, cinema, <br />

radio), and the economic, socio-­‐cultural, and technological implications <strong>of</strong> this <br />

domination that spread from the end <strong>of</strong> the 1940s until the end <strong>of</strong> the 1950s. We <br />

will address multiple interactions, still present in the history <strong>of</strong> television in the <br />

United States, between Hollywood and new media, which will allow us to conclude <br />

that it is definitively impossible to conceive <strong>of</strong> a history <strong>of</strong> American television <br />

independently <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> the Hollywood industry (cases studied: police series, <br />

Westerns, sitcoms, science fiction, spy series, etc.). <br />

From Serial to Comedy Forms <br />

Christophe Lenoir <br />

Laughter plays an important role in television. Is it linked to the serial or iterative, <br />

even repetitive, trait <strong>of</strong> television programs? Between contestation through laughter <br />

or a prescriptive way out, the television shows activate and play with the spectator’s <br />

consciousness <strong>of</strong> codes and apparatuses, sketching the limits <strong>of</strong> televised norms. <br />

From Variety on Television to Televised Variety Shows (1954-1980) <br />

Laurence Leveneur <br />

Beyond the strict formal evolution <strong>of</strong> a genre decried by the critics and voted <br />

overwhelmingly with favor by the general public, this <strong>course</strong> will address, through <br />

the lens <strong>of</strong> variety shows, the links between television and other extra-­‐media forms <br />

coming from live spectacle (theater, cabaret, music hall). We will also evoke the <br />

relations between criticism and this form <strong>of</strong> entertainment open to mélange and <br />

hybridization. The methods employed by television to demarcate itself from live <br />

spectacle will also be questioned through some emblematic examples, from <br />

American shows like The Carpenters’ Television Specials to other innovative filmed <br />

choices: filming the studio as a workplace (Discorama) or manipulating the screen <br />

like a magazine page (Dim Dam Dom), including the visual diversions and the <br />

electronic audacities <strong>of</strong> Jean Christophe Averty (Les Raisins verts). <br />

Televised Game Shows (1950-1986) <br />

Laurence Leveneur <br />

We will propose a formal history <strong>of</strong> a genre that does not limit itself to a succession <br />

<strong>of</strong> formulas and rules yet also allows the television screen to raise questions <br />

regarding the specificities <strong>of</strong> the television apparatus. By reading cinema or <br />

television critics, we will question the possibility <strong>of</strong> conceiving televised game <br />

<br />

6


shows in the light <strong>of</strong> aesthetics or as a form <strong>of</strong> a human document (André Bazin). <br />

Hence, we will see how such a scorned genre could be the space for true television <br />

experiences (Jean Frapat, the Department <strong>of</strong> Research at the ORTF), targeted to <br />

question the mechanisms <strong>of</strong> televised images and to demarcate the “small screen” <br />

(“étrange lucarne”) in its habitual models (cinema, radio, etc.). <br />

Televised Representability (Violence, Sex, Humor) in the 1960s and 1970s <br />

Bernard Papin <br />

Beginning with some privileged examples (the establishment in 1961 <strong>of</strong> the white <br />

rectangle “carré blanc” in France denoting viewing deemed unsuitable for younger <br />

viewers, the polemic surrounding the Raisins verts in 1963-­‐64…), this <strong>course</strong> will <br />

question the categories <strong>of</strong> what is allowed to be shown on television during the <br />

1960s and 70s, notably in regard to violence, sex, and humor. We will cross an <br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> the criteria <strong>of</strong> acceptability <strong>of</strong> images with notions <strong>of</strong> televised genres <br />

and programs in order to sketch out a portrait <strong>of</strong> the warned (tele)spectator defined <br />

by the 1960s and 70s. <br />

V4DOC / TD – Cinematography – Directing <br />

Jacques Aumont <br />

At least three ways exist to discuss directing in the cinema. First, it is an avatar <strong>of</strong> <br />

theater that the cinema sometimes refuses, sometimes proclaims, but must always <br />

be taken into account. Second, it is, in the filming <strong>of</strong> a cinematographic work, the <br />

analytic moment par excellence. Finally, it has also been able, in more limited <br />

historical but aesthetically fertile way, to play the role <strong>of</strong> ideal value for a definition <br />

<strong>of</strong> the art <strong>of</strong> the cinema. This <strong>course</strong> will explore these three aspects, while trying to <br />

demonstrate that they are all but incompatible. <br />

The Postclassical Musical, from the End <strong>of</strong> the 1950s to Today <br />

Michel Chion <br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the 1950s, several historical, human, and technical factors – just to <br />

name a few – have combined to put into question, to extend, or to abandon the <br />

apparently perfect model propagated by Arthur Freed’s productions at MGM. The <br />

genre seems to disappear gradually to “liberate” itself in sexually audacities, to swell <br />

into huge productions <strong>of</strong> prestige, or to degrade into small films for an adolescent <br />

audience. It is, however, by this means that, until today, it seems to renew itself, and <br />

gives rise to West Side Story, Dancer in the Dark, and a large number <strong>of</strong> other <br />

important films. <br />

<br />

7


Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Film Noir <br />

François Niney <br />

The Film Noir is a style rather than a genre. What are its thematic, narrative, and <br />

aesthetic characteristics? Why does it appear at the end <strong>of</strong> the Second World War <br />

and disappear at the turn <strong>of</strong> the 1960s? To what extent does it stand the test <strong>of</strong> <br />

time? <br />

The Indian Musical Films <br />

Charles Tesson <br />

We will observe the evolution <strong>of</strong> the Indian musical film, from yesterday to today, <br />

from the golden age <strong>of</strong> the 1950s to contemporary Bollywood, starting with scenes <br />

<strong>of</strong> song and dance. A typology <strong>of</strong> these different scenes will allow for a study <strong>of</strong> the <br />

function and stakes <strong>of</strong> these sung and danced moments. <br />

Hollywood and the Studio System <br />

Dominique Trocnet <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will analyze the structure <strong>of</strong> Hollywood studios in both a historical and <br />

economic perspective. We will thus see the economic strategies put into place by <br />

Hollywood studios, from their creation until today. We will address a variety <strong>of</strong> <br />

notions: the vertical integration and organization <strong>of</strong> studios, the marketing <strong>of</strong> <br />

demand, the unions, the decline <strong>of</strong> the studio, the reign <strong>of</strong> conglomerates and <br />

Hollywood today. We will address the implications and the ideological stakes <strong>of</strong> <br />

such notions. <br />

V4L21 – Cinema Electives – The Cinema <strong>of</strong> Agnès Varda <br />

Christa Blümlinger <br />

Starting with La Pointe-­‐Courte (1954), Agnès Varda’s first film, precursor <strong>of</strong> the <br />

New Wave, we will analyze a certain number <strong>of</strong> particularities and aesthetic issues: <br />

questions <strong>of</strong> narrative structure, the relations between documentary and fiction, <br />

photography and cinema, movement and stasis, theatricality and realism, black and <br />

white tonality and light, and, in short, figurative action. Next, this film will allow us <br />

to put into perspective the filmmaker’s oeuvre, and we will then examine the <br />

following: the artificiality <strong>of</strong> narrative, repetitive patterns, the capacity to change <br />

image media (photography, cinema, installation), in order to formulate reflections <br />

upon it. <br />

Film Festivals <br />

Mathieu Chéreau <br />

By studying practical cases, this <strong>course</strong> presents the ways in which film festivals <br />

function. We will examine the definition <strong>of</strong> their proposals (choice <strong>of</strong> positioning, <br />

relations with the local political culture, film programming), their organization <br />

<br />

8


(development <strong>of</strong> partnerships, management <strong>of</strong> copies, writing and editing <strong>of</strong> the <br />

catalogue, preparation <strong>of</strong> events, including pr<strong>of</strong>essional meetings and parties), and <br />

finally their promotion (public and press relations). The <strong>course</strong> will regularly <br />

welcome guest speakers to develop more concretely certain aspects <strong>of</strong> film festivals. <br />

The Cinema <strong>of</strong> Robert Bresson <br />

Claudine Delvaux <br />

An approach <strong>of</strong> the entire oeuvre <strong>of</strong> Robert Bresson, filmmaker <strong>of</strong> “minimalism” <br />

(“l’épuré”), including his films (from Les Affaires publiques, 1934 to L’Argent, 1983) <br />

as well as his book Notes sur le cinématographe. We will study in depth his film <br />

Pickpocket (1959). <br />

Zombie: Analysis <strong>of</strong> a Cinematic Motif <br />

Barbara Le Maître <br />

This <strong>course</strong>, whose orientation is generally <strong>of</strong> an aesthetic nature, is dedicated to the <br />

study <strong>of</strong> a unique cinematic motif, considered in accordance with its fundamental <br />

structures and variations. Founded on a corpus <strong>of</strong> a dozen films and furnished with <br />

theoretical propositions, notably in the disciplines <strong>of</strong> biology and philosophy, we <br />

will concentrate on the body and the zombie community. A program at the <br />

University Cinematheque (room 49) will accompany the <strong>course</strong>. <br />

Jean-­‐Luc Godard <br />

Muriel Tinel <br />

We will study Jean-­‐Luc Godard’s oeuvre through the following films: Vivre sa vie <br />

(1961), Pierrot le Fou (1965), Caméra-­‐oeil (1967), Letter to Jane (1972), Sauve qui <br />

peut (la vie) (1979), the scenario <strong>of</strong> Sauve qui peut (la vie) (1979), On s’est tous <br />

defile (1988), Histoire(s) du cinema: chapitre 3A (1988), and Notre musique (2004). <br />

For each film, we will study documents that relate to the films (summary, filmed <br />

scenario, press release, documents from the filming, iconographical sources…). A <br />

program at the University Cinematheque (room 49) will accompany the <strong>course</strong>. <br />

COMMUNICATIONS (Room 201A) <br />

Licence 1 <br />

C1SH1 – Communication and History <br />

Mme Y. Marcil <br />

Presentation: <br />

The <strong>course</strong> revolves around two moments and two inventions: the printing press in <br />

Europe in the fifteenth century and photography in the nineteenth century. <br />

<br />

9


Content: <br />

1. We will begin by reading E. Eisenstein’s book in order to examine the <br />

communication revolution that occurred at the time <strong>of</strong> the invention <strong>of</strong> the printing <br />

press, underscoring the distribution networks <strong>of</strong> the printing press in the sixteenth <br />

and seventeenth centuries, the role <strong>of</strong> the state and the forms <strong>of</strong> appropriation <strong>of</strong> the <br />

printed text in Europe. The written word, rare before the development <strong>of</strong> the <br />

printing press, takes on a more important role in the life <strong>of</strong> the French. <br />

2. In 1829, the invention <strong>of</strong> the daguerreotype was revealed. Photography spread <br />

rapidly and became the means to document events. With the rise <strong>of</strong> the <br />

photographic image in the press at the turn <strong>of</strong> the twentieth century, photography <br />

agencies were created and the photojournalist was born. Through a study <strong>of</strong> the <br />

relations between the press and image in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, <br />

we will study the pr<strong>of</strong>essions <strong>of</strong> journalists and photojournalists, the role and uses <br />

<strong>of</strong> the image, and the development <strong>of</strong> the magazine press. <br />

C1CII – Analysis <strong>of</strong> Images in Communication <br />

Mme M.F. Chambat <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to initiate students to the subjects and methods <strong>of</strong> image <br />

semiology. <br />

Content: <br />

In order to understand how visual messages create meaning, this <strong>course</strong> will expose <br />

different theories <strong>of</strong> analogical representation (Barthes, Eco, Metz, Gombrich, <br />

Shaeffer) ranging from fixed images (painting, drawing, photography, etc.) to <br />

television shows and digital images. <br />

What is a lifelike image? Is there only one type <strong>of</strong> visual signs? Can images lie? What <br />

are the relations between text and image? <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will answer these questions by presenting the main concepts <strong>of</strong> <br />

semiology (sign, message, code, denotation/connotation, etc.) and the analytical <br />

tools <strong>of</strong> images to understand what images “do” in our society. <br />

C1CAI – Information-Communication Approach to Audiovisual Media <br />

Mr. G. Lochard <br />

Presentation: <br />

The media, and in particular audiovisual media, construct one <strong>of</strong> the most attractive <br />

forms <strong>of</strong> communication. This <strong>course</strong>’s objective is to help students construct a <br />

critical eye in regard to animated and sound images coming out <strong>of</strong> the media-­‐related <br />

field by characterizing them as the result <strong>of</strong> specific dis<strong>course</strong>. <br />

<br />

10


Content: <br />

The concepts <strong>of</strong> viewpoint, framework, field, composition, synchronism, etc., in <br />

other words the group <strong>of</strong> sound parameters (music, sound, speech) and visual ones <br />

<strong>of</strong> this dis<strong>course</strong> as well as the technical and enunciative properties <strong>of</strong> images will <br />

be explained, by way <strong>of</strong> many diverse examples (film, television, video games). <br />

C1CGE – General Culture <br />

Mme S. Ratto <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to give the student the tools to reflect on and put into perspective <br />

questions that stir up the world and notions that s/he has the opportunity to use <br />

throughout her/his university curriculum. <br />

It is necessary that the student acquire, in an autonomous and formal way, scientific, <br />

sociological, and historical knowledge which will allow her/him to have critical <br />

distance in the face <strong>of</strong> events, facts, values… A large part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong> will be based <br />

on the students’ personal research. <br />

C1MTC – Workshop “Pr<strong>of</strong>essions in Communication” <br />

Mme L. <br />

Elective: Press <br />

Presentation: <br />

This workshop’s goal is to identify different writing styles, to understand editorial <br />

logic, the angle, the styles <strong>of</strong> news-­‐making and the structure <strong>of</strong> large national dailies. <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will alternate between analysis exercises <strong>of</strong> the press and exercises <strong>of</strong> <br />

production. Students will work in teams to create a mock-­‐up <strong>of</strong> a newspaper which <br />

will be turned in at the end <strong>of</strong> the semester. <br />

C1APC – Approaches to Information and Communication <br />

Mme M. Carrère <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong>’s objective is to learn to “think” information and communication. <br />

Content: <br />

We will question the evolution <strong>of</strong> the society <strong>of</strong> information in the light <strong>of</strong> the <br />

sciences bearing the same name: for example, we will examine, other than the <br />

general theory <strong>of</strong> information, the semiological, interpersonal, intercultural, or even <br />

organizational and media-­‐related approaches <strong>of</strong> communication. <br />

<br />

11


C2SH4 – Psychology and Communication <br />

Mme I. Olry-­‐Louis <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to show how knowledge concerning perception, memory, <br />

intellectual activity, and language are constructed in the cognitive psychology <strong>of</strong> <br />

communication. <br />

Content: <br />

How do we treat, in communicative situations, the information that comes to us? <br />

Which cognitive processes are implied? In which systems can they be studied? We <br />

will attempt to answer these questions by basing the <strong>course</strong> on models proposed by <br />

cognitive psychology in fields <strong>of</strong> perception, memory, intellectual activity, and <br />

language, as well as using other aids (role plays, simulated experiences, analyses <strong>of</strong> <br />

experimental data), which open up a space for reflection on the psychological <br />

dimension <strong>of</strong> communication on the theoretical, methodological, and practical <br />

levels. <br />

Bibliography <br />

• Abric, J.C. (1996) Psychologie de la communication – Méthodes et theories. <br />

Paris: Armand Colin. <br />

• Ricahrd, J.F. (1990) Les Activités mentales: comprendre, raisonner, trouver <br />

des solutions. Paris: Armand Colin. <br />

• Roulin, J.L. (1998) Psychologie cognitive. Paris: Bréal. <br />

• Weil-­‐Barais, A. (1993) L’homme congitif. Paris: PUF. <br />

• Tijus, C. (2001) Introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris: Nathan. <br />

C2CI1 – Images and Brands <br />

Mr. F. Najab <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to increase the students’ awareness <strong>of</strong> advertising analysis and to <br />

prepare them to question the strategic dimension <strong>of</strong> business communication. From <br />

marketing to advertising strategies, from advertising strategies to creative ones, we <br />

will present the rules and constraints on several levels <strong>of</strong> analysis and decisions. <br />

Each theoretical survey will be illustrated by concrete examples, as well as by <br />

practical group work (including a competition <strong>of</strong> virtual “advertising agencies”). <br />

Content: <br />

− Communication strategy and marketing mix <br />

− Positioning, between intended and perceived identity <br />

− Creative strategy and construction <strong>of</strong> the advertised message <br />

− Concept <strong>of</strong> campaign and competition <br />

− Brand territory: management <strong>of</strong> risks related to the extension <strong>of</strong> the brand <br />

− Brands and the test <strong>of</strong> time <br />

<br />

12


Bibliography: <br />

• Mollerup, P. Images de marques: Identité visuelle des marques: histoire et <br />

typologie. Paris: Phaidon Perss Ltd, 2005. <br />

• Cauzard, D., Perret, J, and Ronin, J. Images de marques, marques d’images. <br />

Paris: Ramsay, 1988. <br />

• Remaury, B. Marques et récits: La marque face à l’imaginaire culturel <br />

contemporain. Paris: Editions du Regard, 2004. <br />

C2CP1 – Pedagogical Communication: Written Texts with Didactic Aims <br />

Mme I. Olry-­‐Louis <br />

Presentation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> explores writings with didactic aims addressed to the youth (school <br />

manuals, newspapers, hypermedia), both in the viewpoint <strong>of</strong> their design and their <br />

understanding. <br />

Content: <br />

How does one construct messages with a didactic aim? By looking at the study <strong>of</strong> the <br />

reception <strong>of</strong> educational manuals and scientific journals addressed to children or <br />

adolescents, as well as the use <strong>of</strong> hypermedia, we will attempt to characterize the <br />

strategies <strong>of</strong> didactic communication that prove optimal from the point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <br />

the processes <strong>of</strong> understanding and memorization. The students will in turn reuse <br />

these practices <strong>of</strong> didactic communication by writing texts with didactic aims. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Golder, C & Gaonac’h, D. (1998) Lire et comprendre: psychologie de la <br />

lecture. Paris: Hachette Education. <br />

• Legros, D. & Crinon, J. (2003) Psychologie des apprentissages et multimédias. <br />

Paris: Armand Colin. <br />

• Coirier, A., Gaonac’h, D., & Passerault, J.M. (1996) La psycholinguistique <br />

textuelle. Paris: Armand Colin. <br />

<br />

13


FRENCH LITERATURE, MODERN LITERATURE (Room 433 and 431) <br />

Fall Semester <br />

1 st -­‐Year Courses: <br />

If you take the <strong>course</strong>s F1030 and F1035 and a discussion section <strong>of</strong> F1040, you will <br />

have 2 credits for these three <strong>course</strong>s <br />

F1030 – Poetics <br />

M. Vassevière <br />

This <strong>course</strong>, which meets 2 hours per week, is accompanied by 2 discussion sections <br />

on methodology <strong>of</strong> 1.5 hour per semester. It aims to furnish the students with <br />

theoretical bases and analytical tools to examine literary texts in their common <br />

functionalities and their generic specificities. Other than the common tools <strong>of</strong> <br />

rhetoric and enunciative linguistics, this <strong>course</strong> will address narrative poetics <br />

(narrative analysis, narrative point <strong>of</strong> view, fictional temporality, constructions <strong>of</strong> <br />

space, character and dis<strong>course</strong>, etc.), the poetics <strong>of</strong> poetry (introduction to poetry, <br />

initiation to the semiotics <strong>of</strong> poetry: figures, isotopes, verse [meter, prosody, rhyme, <br />

sound effects], etc.), the poetics <strong>of</strong> theater (text and performance, double <br />

enunciation, language and drama, theatrical genres, etc.), and briefly the essay <br />

(argumentative steps, rhetoric and polemics, etc.). The studied corpus will be <br />

comprised <strong>of</strong> emblematic works <strong>of</strong> the major literary genres. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

Novel <br />

• Chrétien de Troyes. Le Chevalier de la charette. Paris: Champion [coll. <br />

“Champion classiques”] <br />

• Montesquieu. Lettres persanes. Ed. J. Starobinski. Paris: Gallimard [Folio <br />

475]. <br />

• Balzac. Le Père Goriot. Paris: Gallimard [Folio 3226]. <br />

Poetry <br />

• Ronsard. Les Amours (Sonnets pour Marie). Paris: Le Livre de Poche [3920]. <br />

• Apollinaire. Alcools. Paris: Gallimard. <br />

Theater <br />

• Racine. Phèdre. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [3379]. <br />

• Beaucmarchais. Le Mariage de Figaro. Ed. E. Lavezzi. Paris: GF, 1999 [977]. <br />

<br />

14


F1035 – Literary Studies Methodology and Research <br />

M. Vassevière <br />

1.5 hours per week. This <strong>course</strong> is centered on the methodology <strong>of</strong> literary <br />

commentary (written and oral) <strong>of</strong> narrative, poetic, and theatrical texts. It aims to <br />

develop and put into practice the theoretical approach <strong>of</strong> the “Poetics” <strong>course</strong> and <br />

incorporates the same corpus. This disciplinary methodology will be complemented <br />

by an initiation to research. <br />

Studied Works: See F1030 <br />

F1041 – Literature, Culture, and Society: The Middle Ages: The World <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Court and the World <strong>of</strong> Enchantment in the Middle Ages <br />

M. Szkilnik <br />

Beginning with Chrétien de Troyes, two poles structure the Arthurian novel: the <br />

Arthurian court and the enchanted world. The adventures <strong>of</strong> Le Bel Inconnu, who is <br />

shared between the fairy, the Pucelle aux Blanches Mains, the sovereign lady, <br />

Blonde Esmeree, illustrates the tension between these two universes. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Renaut de Beaujeu. Le Bel Inconnu. Ed. and trans. M. Perret and I. Weil. Paris: <br />

Champion Classiques. <br />

• Complementary Reading: <br />

• Chrétien de Troyes. Eric et Enide. <br />

F1042 – 16 th Century: Knowledge in the Renaissance <br />

M. Oddo <br />

The Renaissance is <strong>of</strong>ten characterized as the period <strong>of</strong> the secularization, <br />

broadening and deepening <strong>of</strong> knowledge. The men who developed this movement – <br />

whom we also call Humanists for lack <strong>of</strong> a better term – also established critical <br />

distance in order to judge it. We will analyze the complex look, made <strong>of</strong> <br />

acknowledgment and critical awareness, on this renewal by the two major <br />

witnesses and actors <strong>of</strong> French Humanism. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Rabelais. Pantagruel. Ed. M.-­‐M. Fragonard. Paris: Pocket [6204], 1997. <br />

• Montaigne. Essais. I, 25. Ed. M.-­‐M. Fragonard. Paris: Pocket [6182], 1998. 45-­‐<br />

61. <br />

Complementary Reading: <br />

• Book I, Ch. 26 <strong>of</strong> the Essais (same edition) <br />

<br />

15


F1043 – Court Society in the 17 th Cenury <br />

S. Houdart <br />

We will see how the different forms <strong>of</strong> writing take the court as its object during the <br />

reign <strong>of</strong> Louis XIV. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Bussy-­‐Rabutin. Histoire amoureuse des Gaules. Paris: Folio Classique [2443]. <br />

• Molière. Le Misanthrope. Paris: Folio Classique [3376]. <br />

• La Bruyère. Les Caractères. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [1478]. <br />

F1044 – 18 th Century: Crooks and Social Climbers in the 18 th Century <br />

E. Leborgne <br />

The economic and social upheavals that marked the beginning <strong>of</strong> the 18 th century <br />

gave writers ideas for their characters and plots: social climbing, marginality, and <br />

resourcefulness. The novels and plays we will study sketch out an <strong>of</strong>ten amusing <br />

panorama <strong>of</strong> vivid characters. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Marivaux. Le Paysan parvenu. Ed. H. Coulet. Paris: Folio [1327]. <br />

• Lesage. Gil Blas. Books I-­‐VI. Ed. R. Laufer. Paris: GF [286]. 45-­‐61. <br />

• Defoe. Moll Flanders. Paris: Folio [1109]. <br />

F1045 – 19 th Century: “The Human Beast:” Nature and Civilization <br />

Didier Philippot <br />

“La bête humaine” [“The human beast”]: the expression, which is found under <br />

Hugo’s pen as early as 1827, could refer to a set <strong>of</strong> works that explore the <br />

boundaries between humanity and animality and raise, more generally, the central <br />

question <strong>of</strong> the relation between nature and civilization, by confronting men and <br />

women with a collection <strong>of</strong> savagery that rejects, reveals, invigorates, or imbues <br />

them. Whether it adopts a tragic and interior form <strong>of</strong> hereditary fatality (<strong>of</strong> instinct), <br />

or the aspect <strong>of</strong> a dangerous and fertile regression at the heart <strong>of</strong> the “making <strong>of</strong> <br />

beings,” from natural metamorphoses and strange and monstrous couplings, the <br />

barbarous transgression <strong>of</strong> boundaries seems to be an extraordinary literary <br />

substance, and a source <strong>of</strong> worrisome questioning about the relationships between <br />

nature and culture. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Balzac. Une passion dans le désert. In Nouvelles. Ed. P. Berthier. Paris: GF <br />

[1209]. <br />

• Mérimée. Lokis. In La Vénus d’Ille. Ed. A. Fonyi. Paris: GF [368]. <br />

• Flaubert. La Légende de saint Julien l’Hospitalier. In Trois Contes. Ed. P.-­‐M. de <br />

Biaisi. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [1958]. <br />

• Zola. La Bête humaine. Ed. H. Mitterand. Paris: Folio [3516]. <br />

<br />

16


F1046 – The Figure <strong>of</strong> the Criminal in the 20th Century <br />

B. Alazet <br />

Reviving a practice essentially represented by the preceding century, the literature <br />

<strong>of</strong> the 20 th century inscribes crime at the center <strong>of</strong> a fictional and theatrical universe, <br />

giving it a more clear value <strong>of</strong> philosophical and political questioning and/or a <br />

poetic coloring. In parallel with and under the influence <strong>of</strong> different figures that the <br />

criminal borrows, literary aesthetics find themselves questioned and renewed. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• A. Gide. Les Caves du Vatican. Paris: Folio. <br />

• A. Camus. L’Etranger. Paris: Folio. <br />

• M. Vinaver. Portrait d’une femme. In Théâtre complet, vol. 6. Arles: Actes Sud. <br />

F1052 – Homer and Ovid <br />

M. Vilar <br />

The Iliad and The Odyssey, as well as Ovid’s Metamorphoses, play an important role <br />

in the literary imagination from the Middle Ages to today. We will study these <br />

foundational texts and we will consider their influence on French literature. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Homer. L’Illiade. Paris: GF. <br />

• Homer. L’Odysée. Paris: GF. <br />

• Ovid. Les Métamorphoses. Paris: GF. <br />

2 nd Year Courses <br />

F3043 – Edifying Narratives 17 th Century <br />

A. Cantillon <br />

According to the French Academy’s first Dictionary, edifying dis<strong>course</strong>s are those <br />

which “portent à la vertu et à la piété” [“lead to virtue and piety”]. This is one <strong>of</strong> the <br />

aspects <strong>of</strong> moral and political utility <strong>of</strong> eloquence and poetry, a necessity <br />

traditionally underscored in [Aristotle’s] Poetics and Rhetoric. We will study <br />

edifying narratives – only narratives – <strong>of</strong> different types, from 1630 to 1757. We will <br />

question the various narrative modalities <strong>of</strong> edification, the material conditions <strong>of</strong> <br />

printing such narratives, and their possible influence. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Dom Carlos et autres nouvelles françaises du 17e siècle. Paris: Folio <br />

classiques [2714]. <br />

• J. de la Fontaine. Fables. Paris: Pocket classique [6012]. <br />

• J. Martheilhe. Mémoires d’un galérien du Roi Soleil. Paris: Mercure de France <br />

[collection: Le temps retrouvé]. <br />

<br />

17


F3044 – Tales <br />

J.-­‐P. Sermain <br />

Tales are among the most popular works <strong>of</strong> the eighteenth century: next to the <br />

fairytale, we find the oriental tale, philosophical tales and comical anecdotes. Based <br />

on other-­‐worldly mystery [“le merveilleux”] and exoticism, it facilitates dialogues <br />

between cultures (past and present, the common people and the learned, France <br />

and the Orient). In its basic form, it raises questions about the meaning(s) <strong>of</strong> <br />

fiction(s) (moral, political, anthropological). <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Perrault. Contes. Ed. C. Magnien. Paris: Livre de Poche [6767] OR Ed. J.-­‐P. <br />

Collinet. Paris: Folio [1281]. <br />

• Les Mille et une nuits. Trans. T.I. Galland. Ed. J.-­‐P. Sermain. Paris: GF [1200], <br />

2004. <br />

• Diderot. Contes. Ed. B. Didier. Paris: Livre de Poche [3144], 1998. <br />

• Voltaire. Contes. Paris: Folio OR Paris: Livre de Poche. <br />

Complementary Reading: <br />

• Mme d’Aulnoy. Contes. <br />

• Grimm. Contes choisis. Ed. M. Robert. Paris: Folio [3372]. <br />

F3045 – Measuring Heroes <br />

What is a hero? How can we measure her/his qualities? Which criteria should we <br />

adopt to establish his value as a hero? If Jean Valjean, Hugo’s convict, has an <br />

excessive nature, Fabrice Del Dongo is a problematic hero, “very slightly heroic” to <br />

quote Stendhal. Is Eugénie Grandet, who admires her deceiving cousin Charles, <br />

heroic? In the 19 th century, narrative fiction that multiplies characters <strong>of</strong> decreasing <br />

heroism or projected in dreams, never stops questioning, notably through the <br />

narrative voice, the status <strong>of</strong> the hero. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Balzac. Eugénie Grandet. Paris: GF [1100]. <br />

• Stendhal. La Chartreuse de Parme. Paris: Le Livre de Poche classique <br />

[16068]. <br />

• Hugo. Les Misérables, 1st and 2nd parts. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [9633]. <br />

F3046 – Poetic Forms <strong>of</strong> the 20 th Century <br />

H. Marchal <br />

The freedom acquired since Romanticism and the avant-­‐garde experimentations <strong>of</strong> <br />

the twentieth century have blurred generic lines. How can we define poetry, since <br />

the rules and formal criteria that distinguished it from prose have been contested? <br />

This loss <strong>of</strong> traditional reference points has been accompanied by the invention <strong>of</strong> <br />

new and very diverse forms, and a deepened reflection on the nature <strong>of</strong> poetry. We <br />

<br />

18


will study this evolution in three major works which illustrate the main forms that <br />

poetry has taken in the 20 th century: towards free and regular verse, prose poems, <br />

and spatialization <strong>of</strong> writing. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Valéry. Charmes. Paris: Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

• Ponge. Le parti pris des choses. Paris; Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

• Du Bouchet. Dans la chaleur vacante. Paris: Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

F3052 – Medieval Civilization and Culture: Literature, Visual Arts, Mentalities: <br />

The Body in the Middle Ages <br />

M. Szkilnik <br />

Following the open perspectives that Jacques LeG<strong>of</strong>f and Nicolas Truong <strong>of</strong>fer in <br />

their essay titled Une histoire du corps au Moyen Age, this <strong>course</strong> proposes to study <br />

a diverse corpus <strong>of</strong> texts and images depicting the body, its manifestations, its <br />

functions, its use, its representation, and its regulation in the life and society <strong>of</strong> men <br />

and women <strong>of</strong> this time period. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Le G<strong>of</strong>f, J. and N. Truong. Une Histoire du corps au Moyen Age. Paris: Liana <br />

Levi, 2003. <br />

F3055 – Literature and Science: Writing about Living <br />

The distinction between literature and science, as we know it, was put into place in <br />

the nineteenth century, a period during which the two fields were defined by a <br />

mutual opposition to form, as C.P. Snow writes, “two cultures,” <strong>of</strong>ten judged <br />

impermeable. However, numerous forms <strong>of</strong> exchange challenge this division. On one <br />

hand, the intermediary genres, such as scientific poetry, scientists’ memoirs, or <br />

popular treatises, take part in both disciplines. On the other, and more broadly, <br />

literature uses scientific knowledge, and represents it, <strong>of</strong>ten in critical and playful <br />

ways. Finally, scientific dis<strong>course</strong> sometimes has re<strong>course</strong> to rhetorical and <br />

figurative devices. <br />

Starting with the example <strong>of</strong> life sciences (biology, medicine, zoology, etc.), we will <br />

follow the evolution <strong>of</strong> the relations between the two camps, from the 18 th century <br />

to today, articulating the history <strong>of</strong> ideas, theories <strong>of</strong> genres and dis<strong>course</strong>s, and <br />

textual poetics. To do this, the <strong>course</strong> will analyze different types <strong>of</strong> writing, <br />

including a <strong>course</strong> pack which will be distributed at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the semester <br />

(excerpts from Buffon, Hugo, Queneau, Maurice Dantec, François Jacob, etc.). It will <br />

end with the study <strong>of</strong> a complete work: Poddema (1946) by Henri Michaux. We will <br />

also visit the Museum <strong>of</strong> Natural History. <br />

A specialization in science is not a prerequisite to register for this <strong>course</strong>. <br />

<br />

19


Studied Works: <br />

• Michaux, Henri. Poddema. In Ailleurs. Paris: Gallimard/Poésie [210], 1986. <br />

F3056 – Literature and Film: Introduction to Film Analysis <br />

J.-­‐L. Leutrat <br />

[No description] <br />

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE <br />

1 st Year Courses <br />

K1015 – From the Epic to the Novel <br />

Mme Emilia Lucas-­‐Leclin <br />

We will examine, in a diachronic perspective, some <strong>of</strong> the major works from <br />

European literature (narrative), underscoring its transformations and the steps that <br />

mark the transformation from the aesthetics <strong>of</strong> the epic to novelistic aesthetics. The <br />

latter was developed at the turn <strong>of</strong> the 17 th and 18 th centuries. <br />

We will study novelistic texts from different national and comparative perspectives. <br />

The texts will be distributed in class. <br />

K1020 – When the Orient and the West Meet <br />

Mme Muriel Detrie <br />

Through a comparative study <strong>of</strong> two novels which both are set in a historical context <br />

with autobiographical resonance. One tells the story <strong>of</strong> a Japanese warrior’s difficult <br />

journey to the Christian West in the seventeenth century. The other depicts the slow <br />

penetration into the mysteries <strong>of</strong> the Forbidden City by a French doctor at the <br />

beginning <strong>of</strong> the twentieth century. We will discuss the themes <strong>of</strong> discovering the <br />

Other, <strong>of</strong> the clash <strong>of</strong> civilizations, <strong>of</strong> the difficulties <strong>of</strong> intercultural dialogue, <strong>of</strong> the <br />

role <strong>of</strong> imagination in the relationships between the West and the Far East, etc. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Segalen, Victor. René Leys. Paris: Livre de Poche classique. <br />

• Endô, Shusaku. L’Extraordinaire voyage du samouraï Hasekura. Paris: <br />

Buchet/Chastel. <br />

<br />

20


K1020 – Literary Encounters: France/Latin America <br />

Mlle Fabienne Viala <br />

Le Tunnel by Ernesto Sábato and Alexis ou le traité du vain combat by Marguerite <br />

Yourcenar are two first novels in which the author chooses to play the narrative <br />

game <strong>of</strong> confession. On the one hand a painter, after having assassinated the only <br />

woman he ever loved, confesses his crime in his prison cell, with the firm intention <br />

to publish his manuscript. On the other, a famous homosexual pianist writes a long <br />

letter to his wife confessing the lie in which he has lived during all their years <br />

together. We will carry out cross-­‐readings <strong>of</strong> these two short novels, in which each <br />

in their own way adopt a particular narrative form – the confession – whose codes <br />

they distort to create a very special dialogism with the reader. <br />

• Sábato, Ernesto. Le Tunnel. Paris: Seuil “Points roman,” 1995. <br />

• Yourcenar, Marguerite. Alexis ou le traité du vain combat. Paris: GF, 1978. <br />

K1025 – The Novella at the Turn <strong>of</strong> the Century <br />

Mme Anne Isabelle François <br />

In this <strong>course</strong> we will attempt to define a polymorphous genre <strong>of</strong> the novella with a <br />

representative and coherent corpus. We will familiarize ourselves not only with a <br />

crossed approach to the works, but also with a reflection on the specificity and <br />

aesthetics <strong>of</strong> this “short” genre. The difference between the tale and the novel is thus <br />

not simply a question <strong>of</strong> length, but also <strong>of</strong> essence, exposing the novella as an art <strong>of</strong> <br />

concision, <strong>of</strong> totality and <strong>of</strong> concentration. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Maupassant, Guy de. Contes de la Bécasse. Paris: GF [272]. <br />

• Tchedkov, Anton. La Fiancée. Paris: GF [710]. <br />

• Joyce, James. Gens de Dublin. Paris: GF [709]. <br />

• Schnitzler, Arthur. Mademoiselle Else. LP “Biblio” [3195]. <br />

K1025 – War and Revolution <br />

Mme Carole Matheron <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will restitute a historical context linked to events <strong>of</strong> the First World War <br />

and <strong>of</strong> the Bolshevik Revolution in a comparative perspective, integrating texts from <br />

Yiddish literature. We will relate poetics, artistic forms, and modernist influences at <br />

work in the corpus that also acts as witness accounts. Photocopies <strong>of</strong> various <br />

excerpts will be distributed (I.J. Singer, Dubnov, B. Pilniak, V. Chklovski, M. <br />

Boulgakov). <br />

<br />

21


K1030 – Imitation and Originality <br />

Mme Sophie Rabau <br />

Since when and why does originality <strong>of</strong> a literary work guarantee its value? Is <br />

plagiarism still against the law? Why, from antiquity to the classical period, could <br />

one write by imitating other texts? Through readings <strong>of</strong> literary and critical texts, <br />

we will try to establish markers to set notions <strong>of</strong> literary imitations and originality <br />

back in a historical perspective. <br />

The studied texts will be distributed in class. <br />

K1035 – Introduction to Francophone Literature(s) <br />

M. Tumba Shango Lokoho <br />

Subject: <br />

1. To retrace the great moments <strong>of</strong> the emergence and constitution <strong>of</strong> francophone <br />

literature(s); <br />

2. To define the issues and notions <strong>of</strong> the francophone literary field <br />

(Africa/Caribbean); <br />

3. To examine the questions <strong>of</strong> method <strong>of</strong> this literary field. <br />

Goal: To initiate students to the understanding <strong>of</strong> Francophone literary <br />

problematics. To bring them to discover the richness, the diversity, and the literary <br />

and cultural specificities <strong>of</strong> francophone literature(s). In short, to introduce them to <br />

the literary history <strong>of</strong> the francophone world (both African and Afro-­‐Caribbean). <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Sartre, Jean-­‐Paul. “Orphée Noir.” Ed. L.-­‐S. Senghor. Anthologie de la nouvelle <br />

poésie nègre et malgache de langue française. Paris: PUF, 1948. <br />

• Césaire, Aimé. Cahier d’un retour au pays natal. Paris: Présence Africaine, <br />

1947. <br />

• Oyono, Ferdinand. Une vie de boy. <br />

2 nd Year Courses <br />

K3043 – French Orientalism-Arabic Occidentalism <br />

Mme Inès Horchani <br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to question the dichotomy between Orient(s) and <br />

Occident(s), in order to nuance it, even go beyond it. To do so, we will study the <br />

image <strong>of</strong> the Self and <strong>of</strong> the Other in French and Arabic literatures between 1830 <br />

and 1956. The authors studied will include Hugo, Flaubert, Nerval, and Rimbaud for <br />

the French writers, and Tahtâwi, Taha Hussein, Tayeb Sâlih and Yussuf al-­‐Khâl for <br />

the Arab writers. A third category <strong>of</strong> writers such as Khalîl Gibrâne, Nizar Qabbâni, <br />

<br />

22


and Camus will come to trouble this distribution between Orientalism and <br />

Occidentalism, and Edward Saïd and Adonis theorize them respectively. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Hugo, Victor. Les Orientales. <br />

K3053 – Faust on Stage <br />

Mme Anne-­‐Isabelle François <br />

A modern variation on the Prometheus myth, recognizable by his search for <br />

forbidden knowledge and power, the story <strong>of</strong> Faust seems the most appropriate to <br />

describe the stakes <strong>of</strong> modernity, excessive and fundamental stakes from the <br />

Renaissance to today. Faust, a Renaissance man, crystallizes certain aspirations <strong>of</strong> <br />

western man at the dawn <strong>of</strong> modern times, but remains an ambiguous figure: is he <br />

an authentic savant or a diabolical farceur? We will thus examine the staging <strong>of</strong> this <br />

human story, and in particular comment on instances where the will to know meets <br />

desire, where the limits <strong>of</strong> human condition are at stake, where the comical and the <br />

tragic brush against each other and even get confused. The aesthetic and <br />

philosophical analysis will lead to an exploration <strong>of</strong> the extent to which Marlowe’s <br />

own theatrical writings, borrowed from medieval forms, and Goethe’s, who remains <br />

marked by neoclassicism <strong>of</strong> his youth in Sturm-­‐und-­‐Drang, express dramatically the <br />

dilemmas and confusions <strong>of</strong> modern man. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Marlowe, Christopher. Le Docteur Faust/Doctor Faustus. Paris: GF Bilingue <br />

[875]. <br />

• Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. Faust I et II. Paris: GF [630]. <br />

K3063 – Africa in the Mirror <strong>of</strong> the Francophone Novel <br />

M. Tumba Shango Lokoho <br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to examine the representation <strong>of</strong> the collective <br />

consciousness <strong>of</strong> Africa through contemporary narrative fiction whose object, <br />

subject, or theme is to propose an intercultural reading <strong>of</strong> this consciousness. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Beyala, Calixthe. Femme nue, femme noire. Paris: Albin Michel, 2003. <br />

• Bugul, Ken. Riwan ou le chemin de sable. Paris: Présence Africaine, 1999. <br />

• Kourouma, Ahmadou. En attendant le vote des bêtes sauvages. Paris: Ed. du <br />

Seuil, 1998. <br />

• Lopes, Henri. Le Lys et le Flamboyant. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1997. <br />

<br />

23


K3073 – The Writing <strong>of</strong> History and the Poetics <strong>of</strong> Violence <br />

Mlle Emilie Lucas-­‐Leclin <br />

Through a choice <strong>of</strong> unique narrative texts (a novel at the borders <strong>of</strong> theater, a <br />

bilingual short narrative formed by a single sentence without punctuation and a <br />

very short novella), we will discover three points <strong>of</strong> view on war, at the crossroads <br />

<strong>of</strong> French, German, and American cultures. We will propose an analysis <strong>of</strong> the <br />

processes linked to the writing <strong>of</strong> violence and a reflection on the ways History <br />

reappears in the modern narrative. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Ferderman, Raymond. La voix dans le débarras/The Voice in the Closet. Les <br />

Impressions Nouvelles. <br />

• Gaudé, Laurent. Cris. Actes Sud, Babel. <br />

• Handke, Peter. “La guerre éclate,” novella in the Bienvenue au conseil <br />

d’administration Collection. Trans. G.-­‐A. Goldschmidt. Paris: GF. (For <br />

Germanists: Begrüssung des Aufsichtsrats, D.T.V. edition) <br />

K3083 – Literature and Film: The Adaptation <br />

Mme Yen-­‐Maï Tran-­‐Gervat <br />

The relationship between literature and film will be approached through the specific <br />

problematic <strong>of</strong> adaptation: we will study in detail a literary work and its <br />

cinematographic adaptation, reflecting on the modalities <strong>of</strong> literary and cinematic <br />

narrative. <br />

To initiate themselves to cinematic analysis, the students are invited to use their <br />

acquired abilities by the study <strong>of</strong> literary texts when approaching another art form. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Pérez-­‐Galdos, Benito. Tristana. 1892. Paris: GF-­‐Flammarion. <br />

• Buñuel, Luis. Tristana. 1969. The film and the scenario will be furnished by <br />

the instructor. <br />

K3093 – Caribbean History and Its Heritage <br />

Fabienne Viala <br />

How does one write the history <strong>of</strong> one’s ancestors when it is imbued in colonial and <br />

racial domination, when the collective memory is a text full <strong>of</strong> holes and stained <br />

with the taboos <strong>of</strong> slavery? In Le Royaume de ce monde, Alejo Carpentier rewrites <br />

Haitian history through the black revolts which followed one another on the island, <br />

generation after generation. In Les Dernier Rois Mages, Maryse Condé tells the story <br />

<strong>of</strong> the shattered destinies <strong>of</strong> the last African king <strong>of</strong> Dahomey in the Caribbean. The <br />

past unveils itself within a mysterious reality inherited from beliefs and syncretisms <br />

skillfully woven into the fiction. Derision, fabrication, and madness replace the <br />

missing pieces <strong>of</strong> Caribbean history in a state <strong>of</strong> loss, akin to the image <strong>of</strong> the ruins <br />

<br />

24


<strong>of</strong> Sans-­‐Souci, which housed the monarchy <strong>of</strong> the black king Henri-­‐Christophe, or <br />

the manuscripts <strong>of</strong> the ancestor Djéré, scattered by Hurricane Hugo. <br />

• Carpentier, Alejo. Le Royaume de ce monde. Paris: GF, 1980. <br />

• Condé, Maryse. Les Derniers Rois Mages. Paris: GF, 1995. <br />

2 nd Semester Courses <br />

FRENCH LITERATURE, MODERN LITERATURE <br />

1 st Year Courses <br />

F2035 – Literary Studies Methodology and Research <br />

M. Vassevière <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is a continuation <strong>of</strong> the methodology <strong>course</strong> from the first semester, <br />

centered on two other canonical exercises <strong>of</strong> university written and oral work: the <br />

“dissertation” and the “exposé,” still using the same corpus (see above). Initiation to <br />

research will continue, in relation to the <strong>course</strong> on the history <strong>of</strong> the book, with the <br />

use <strong>of</strong> bibliographical instruments necessary to write “dissertations” and “exposés.” <br />

Studied Works: <br />

Novel <br />

• Chrétien de Troyes. Le Chevalier de la charette. Paris: Champion [coll. <br />

“Champion classiques”] <br />

• Montesquieu. Lettres persanes. Ed. J. Starobinski. Paris: Gallimard [Folio <br />

475]. <br />

• Balzac. Le Père Goriot. Paris: Gallimard [Folio 3226]. <br />

Poetry <br />

• Ronsard. Les Amours (Sonnets pour Marie). Paris: Le Livre de Poche [3920]. <br />

• Apollinaire. Alcools. Paris: Gallimard. <br />

Theater <br />

• Racine. Phèdre. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [3379]. <br />

• Beaucmarchais. Le Mariage de Figaro. Ed. E. Lavezzi. Paris: GF, 1999 [977]. <br />

F2041 – The Myth <strong>of</strong> Tristan and Isolde <br />

B. Bové-­‐Milland <br />

The thirteenth-­‐century narratives that contain the story <strong>of</strong> Tristan and Isolde, the <br />

wife <strong>of</strong> king Mark <strong>of</strong> Cornwall, marks the collective consciousness by associating <br />

love to notions <strong>of</strong> fatality, madness, and death. We will see how these fragmented <br />

<br />

25


narratives, by their very nature (the Folies recount one <strong>of</strong> the exiled Tristan’s <br />

returns to his loved one) or for conservation reasons (Thomas’ incomplete extant <br />

version), allows nonetheless to read this myth <strong>of</strong> amorous passion to its fullest. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Thomas. Le Roman de Tristan, followed by La Folie Tristan <strong>of</strong> Berne and La <br />

FolieTristan <strong>of</strong> Oxford. Trans. E. Baumgartner and I. Short. Paris: Champion <br />

Classiques, 2003. <br />

F2043 – The Bloody Myth <strong>of</strong> Medea <br />

S. Houdard <br />

From ancient tragedy to contemporary theater and film, the myth <strong>of</strong> Medea, <br />

magician, abandoned spouse, killer <strong>of</strong> her children, has nourished artistic creation. <br />

Without limiting ourselves to the studied texts in the <strong>course</strong>, we will envision the <br />

myth in its most modern and provocative rewritings. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Seneca. Médée. In Théâtre, vol. 2. Paris: GF [342]. <br />

• Corneille. Médée. Paris: GF [992]. <br />

• Camus. La mère Médée. In Dom Carlos. Paris: Folio. <br />

F2044 – Figures <strong>of</strong> the Libertine <br />

E. Lavezzi <br />

Molière’s Dom Juan establishes his atheism and his sexual freedom as a way <strong>of</strong> life. <br />

This mythical, literary figure has given rise, among writers in the eighteenth <br />

century, to two types <strong>of</strong> libertine heroes: the calculated seducer and the young <br />

novice. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Molière. Dom Juan. Ed. B. Donné. Paris: GF, 1998 [903]. <br />

• Laclos. Les Liaisons dangereuses. Ed. M. Delon. Paris: Livre de poche, 2002. <br />

• Denon. Point de lendemain. Ed. M. Delon. Paris: Folio, 1995 [2739]. <br />

Complementary Readings: <br />

• Crébillion. Les Egarements du coeur et de l’esprit. <br />

• Louvet de Couvray. Les Amours du chevalier de Faublas. Ed. M. Delon. Paris: <br />

Folio, 1996 [2829]. <br />

F2045 – The Romantic Myth <strong>of</strong> Satan in the 19 th Century <br />

D. Philippot <br />

The Romantics found Satan to be beautiful. Didn’t Baudelaire, referring to Milton’s <br />

Paradise Lost, call him the “most perfect type <strong>of</strong> virile beauty” [“le plus parfait type <br />

de beauté virile”]? Thus the nineteenth century renewed the perception <strong>of</strong> the myth <br />

<br />

26


<strong>of</strong> Satan: he becomes not only the supreme incarnation <strong>of</strong> dissonant Beauty, united <br />

in evil, but also a paradoxical hero, humanized and magnified by adversity, “the <br />

fallen angel who remembers heaven” [“ange tombé qui se souvient des cieux”], to <br />

whom Hugo promises redemption from a staggering fall into the abyss. The literary <br />

depiction <strong>of</strong> narratives <strong>of</strong> fall and temptation turn out to have immense influence. <br />

We will discover, at the crossroads <strong>of</strong> prose and poetry, all the while being a <br />

sociology <strong>of</strong> modern hell, a metaphysical reflection on evil and its wrenching <strong>of</strong> the <br />

human condition, and an aesthetic, appropriately sublime, <strong>of</strong> the abyss. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Vigny. Eloa. (photocopy) <br />

• Gautier. La Morte amoureuse, Le Chevalier double, Deux acteurs pour un <br />

role. <br />

• Barbey d’Aurevilly. Les Diaboliques. Paris: Livre de Poche [6048]. <br />

• Hugo. La Fin de Satan. Paris: Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

F2046 – The Myth <strong>of</strong> Orpheus in the 20 th Century <br />

M.-­‐H. Boblet-­‐Viart <br />

The myth <strong>of</strong> Orpheus, as Ovid’s Metamorphoses tell us (1 A.D.), <strong>of</strong>fers a complex <br />

figure <strong>of</strong> the poet: he possesses the power to impose his order on the chaotic powers <br />

<strong>of</strong> the world, a force symbolized by his descent into the Underworld where he finds <br />

Eurydice, but he also falls under a violent attack that rips him apart (literally). In <br />

1858, Offenbach’s operetta proposes a clownish rewriting <strong>of</strong> the myth that caused a <br />

scandal, while numerous poets continued to find an image <strong>of</strong> the triumphant or <br />

damned poet in Orpheus – a tradition we find in Jean Cocteau’s Orphée which, in <br />

1927, questioned the tragic value <strong>of</strong> the myth. In addition to these three works, we <br />

will read, provided in a <strong>course</strong> pack, L’Orphée-­‐roi (1921) by Segalen, a short opera <br />

leaflet composed for Debussy, and texts by Nerval, Hugo, Valéry, and Blanchot. We <br />

will question the notions <strong>of</strong> rewriting and parody, the relations between literature <br />

and music, and the modern figure <strong>of</strong> the poet. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Ovid. Les Métamorphoses. Paris: Folio classique [2404]. <br />

• Crémieux, Offenbach, Halévy. Orphée aux enfers. 1858. Actes sud, 1993. <br />

• Cocteau. Orphée. 1927. Stock, 2005. <br />

F2052 – The Influence <strong>of</strong> the Bible on French Literature <br />

D. Compère <br />

The Bible is an important work in European culture. This <strong>course</strong> will study the <br />

influence <strong>of</strong> this religious text on French writers throughout the centuries, <br />

concentrating particularly on certain figures or episodes: Eve, Cain, Joseph, Moses, <br />

Paradise lost, the Flood, the Tower <strong>of</strong> Babel, etc. <br />

<br />

27


Studied Works: <br />

• La Bible de Jérusalem. Trans. l’Ecole biblique de Jérusalem. Ed. du Cerf, 1998. <br />

It is important to have the “edition révisée de la Bible de Jérusalem 1998” which can <br />

be found in several collections (Ed. du Cerf, Pocket, etc.). <br />

2 nd -­‐Year Courses <br />

F4040 – Literature and History <strong>of</strong> Ideas <br />

P. Tortonese <br />

Lecture: <br />

This general lecture series regroups all the different programs. It deals with literary <br />

history: its foundation and development in the 19 th century, the debates that put it <br />

into question in the 20 th century. <br />

Discussion Sections: Meet twice a week, two hours per session. <br />

F4043 – The Theater <strong>of</strong> Madmen (17 th Century) <br />

A. Cantillon <br />

The mad character has haunted the theatrical stage throughout the modern period. <br />

We will see which history <strong>of</strong> madness has been constructed through him. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Corneille. Mélite. In Théâtre, vol. 1. Paris: GF [179]. <br />

• Tristan l’Hermite. La Mariamne. Paris: GF [1144]. <br />

• Molière. Le malade imaginaire. Paris: Folio. <br />

F4044 – The Intellectual and the Artist in the City <br />

E. Lavezzi. <br />

In the eighteenth century, the intellectual adopted the role <strong>of</strong> the philosopher, <br />

reflecting on the city to his advantage. He can change the world by producing and <br />

diffusing rational knowledge (such is the Encyclopedia’s mission) but also to <br />

attempt to act directly on the political sphere (not without unpleasant aftertaste, as <br />

Voltaire shows in Zadig). The artist her/himself claims to work in this way, but the <br />

value <strong>of</strong> this engagement seems contestable to Rousseau and Diderot: is art not a <br />

distraction or even way to distinguish oneself in the eyes <strong>of</strong> the elite? Can the <br />

intellectual and the artist escape this compromise <strong>of</strong> principle? <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Voltaire. Zadig. Petit Classique Larousse. <br />

• D’Alembert. Discours préliminaire. In Encyclopédie. Vol. 1. Ed. A. Pons. Paris: <br />

GF [426]. <br />

<br />

28


• Rousseau. Lettre à d’Alembert. Ed. M. Buffat. Paris: GF, 2003 [1165]. <br />

• Diderot. Le Neveu de Rameau. Ed. P. Chartier. Paris: Le Livre de Poche, 2002 <br />

[16074]. <br />

F4045 – The Bourgeois <br />

B. Gnassounou <br />

As a social category, the bourgeois (whether he be a shopkeeper or rentier) became <br />

a literary type that “realist” literature <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century depicts in a particular way. <br />

Full <strong>of</strong> importance due to his social position, guardian <strong>of</strong> family values, open to new <br />

ideas or completely conservative, the bourgeois (“which means everyone” [“c’est-­‐à-­dire<br />

tout le monde”] according to Flaubert… Isn’t the character “Homais” Man <br />

[“homme”]?) collects above all the attention <strong>of</strong> writers for the wonderful reservoir <br />

<strong>of</strong> foolishness that he constitutes: challenged with that which exceeds him (Art, <br />

Nature, …), he calmly expresses his received ideas which literature exploits in <br />

comical and/or pathetic ways. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Balzac. La Maison du chat-­‐qui-­‐pelote. Paris: GF [414]. <br />

• Flaubert. Madame Bovary. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [713]. <br />

• Zola. Pot-­‐Bouille. Paris: Le Livre de Poche [247]. <br />

Complementary Reading: <br />

• Labiche. Le Voyage de Monsieur Perrichon. Petits Classiques Larousse [32]. <br />

F4046 – Writing War in the 20 th Century <br />

J.-­‐Y. Guérin <br />

The three works studied in this <strong>course</strong> were written in 1937-­‐38 and evoke war that <br />

threatens and/or war that ravages Spain. But they belong to three different genres: <br />

theater, the novel, the pamphlet. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Sartre, Jean-­‐Paul. Les mains sales. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Vercors. Le silence de la Mer. Paris: GF. <br />

• Camus, Albert. La Peste. Paris: Folio. <br />

Elective Courses <br />

F4052 – Literature and Painting: Painting, Portrait, Fiction <br />

E. Lavezzi <br />

What happens to painting when fiction grabs hold <strong>of</strong> it? What is its role in collective <br />

consciousness? What roles does it play in seduction? This <strong>course</strong> will address these <br />

questions. <br />

<br />

29


Studied Works: <br />

• Sorel, Charles. Description de l’île de Portraiture. Paris: Edition L’Insulaire, <br />

2006. <br />

• Riccoboni, M.J. Histoire d’Ernestine. Paris: Edition Côté femmes, 1991. [or <br />

distributed <strong>course</strong> pack] <br />

• Marivaux. Le Triomphe de l’amour. Paris: GF. <br />

Complementary Reading: <br />

• Poe, Edgar Allan. Le Portrait ovale. <br />

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (Room 416) <br />

1 st -­‐Year Courses <br />

K2012 – Literary Reference Points Europe/Asia <br />

We will study several major aspects <strong>of</strong> the poetics <strong>of</strong> great narrative literary genres <br />

in the European and Asian worlds. <br />

Studied Works: TBA <br />

K2022 – Francophone Texts and Contexts <br />

M. Tumba Shango-­‐Lokoho <br />

We will study some specific texts from the Francophone literary world (Africa, <br />

Caribbean) that illustrate the modalities <strong>of</strong> the emergence <strong>of</strong> these texts in this <br />

complex literary field. This <strong>course</strong> completes the first semester <strong>course</strong> (see K1035 – <br />

Introduction to Francophone Literature(s)). <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Condé, Maryse. Célanire cou-­‐coupé. Paris: GF. <br />

• Sassine, Williams. Saint Monsieur Baly. Présence Africaine, 1981. <br />

• Pineau, Gisèle. Chaire-­‐Piment. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Boudjedra, Rachid. L’Escargot entêté. Paris: GF. <br />

K2032 – Literatures and Identities: The Arab World <br />

Mme Inès Horchani <br />

By studying chronologically Francophone and Arabophone works <strong>of</strong> the 20 th <br />

century, we will attempt to raise questions regarding identity in general, and Arab <br />

identity in particular. We will use various definitions (philosophical and <br />

anthropological) <strong>of</strong> identity and we will explore their limits. This exploration will <br />

lead us to see that identity is not simply a question <strong>of</strong> being, but also one <strong>of</strong> timing <br />

and point <strong>of</strong> view. <br />

<br />

30


Studied Works: <br />

• Kateb, Yacine. Nejma. Paris: Seuil “Points.” <br />

K2042 – The Comic Novel (17 th – 18 th Centuries) <br />

Mme Yen-­‐Maï Tran-­‐Gervat <br />

We will read three emblematic works, each in their own way, <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> <br />

the comical processes in the elaboration <strong>of</strong> the modern novel in the seventeenth and <br />

eighteenth centuries. Cervantes’ Don Quixote is also one <strong>of</strong> the recurring models for <br />

the European writers that followed him. The detailed study <strong>of</strong> the corpus and the <br />

relationship between the three works will lead us to show the different notions <br />

linked to laughter and the comical aspects in literature (parody, burlesque, <br />

heroicomical), to underscore the importance <strong>of</strong> the relation between narrative <br />

fiction writing and theatrical writing, to return to the role <strong>of</strong> the novella in the <br />

history <strong>of</strong> narrative fiction, to raise questions about narrative reflexivity, and to <br />

reflect on the pertinence <strong>of</strong> the notion <strong>of</strong> “realism” before the nineteenth century. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Cervantes, Miguel de. Don Quichotte. Vol. 1. Trans. Aline Schulman. Paris: <br />

Seuil “Points.” <br />

• Scarron. Le Roman comique. Ed. Jean Serroy. Paris: Folio Classique. <br />

• Fielding. Joseph Andrews. Paris: GF-­‐Flammarion <br />

K2052 – Fantastical Narrative and Experiencing Limits <br />

M. Alexandre Seurat <br />

In the fantastical narrative, founded and developed at the end <strong>of</strong> the eighteenth <br />

century and during the first half <strong>of</strong> the nineteenth in France, Germany and the <br />

United States, the character are <strong>of</strong>ten in situations which blur the lines between <br />

mental and physical experience and between dreams and reality. Fantasy thrives in <br />

extreme situations, at the limit <strong>of</strong> the unimaginable (whether the reality <strong>of</strong> the <br />

experience narrated, according to the tale, be perpetually doubted or never <br />

contested). We will review the different definitions <strong>of</strong> fantasy by trying to sketch out <br />

its diverse landscape, starting with the experience <strong>of</strong> the subject. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Cazotte, Jacques. Le Diable amoureux. Paris: Gallimard, “Folio.” <br />

• H<strong>of</strong>fman, E.T.A. “Le vase d’or.” In Contes. Paris: Gallimard, “Folio.” <br />

• Poe, Edgar Allan. “Une descente dans le Maelström,” in Histoires <br />

extraordinaires. Paris: Folio Gallimard. <br />

• “William Wilson” and “Le puits et le pendule.” In Nouvelles Histoires <br />

extraordinaires. Paris: Gallimard, “Folio.” <br />

<br />

31


K2062 – Body and Literature <br />

Mlle Juliette Salabert <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will examine the problematic status <strong>of</strong> the body in literature: precisely <br />

the suffering and sick body. <br />

Through two narratives about the end <strong>of</strong> life, which recount the painful experience <br />

<strong>of</strong> dying, one novella by Arther Schnitzler, Mourir (Sterben), and A l’ami qui ne m’a <br />

pas sauvé la vie by Hervé Guibert, we will study the motif <strong>of</strong> the body in ruins in <br />

literature. <br />

Two illnesses, tuberculosis and AIDS, symbolize in their own ways two “evils <strong>of</strong> the <br />

century” [“mal du siècle”]. How is personal identity put to the test in the experience <br />

<strong>of</strong> the illness? What can we learn from the sick body? Because the body has a <br />

practical use and a social function, center <strong>of</strong> references <strong>of</strong> representations, images, <br />

the space <strong>of</strong> a relationship to the self and to the world, it reiterates the <br />

representations <strong>of</strong> a civilization. It is the reflection <strong>of</strong> a culture, its conventions and <br />

its taboos. <br />

Generally speaking, this <strong>course</strong>’s goal is to elucidate the complex relations between <br />

literature and illness. Tuberculosis and AIDS put the dying body and literature to the <br />

test. How does writing take charge <strong>of</strong> this “mal à dire?” How can one write about the <br />

tumor, or write about dying (“tumeur/tu meurs”)? How does one move from pain to <br />

words (“maux/mots”)? Is there a specific textuality <strong>of</strong> the writing <strong>of</strong> illness? These <br />

are the types <strong>of</strong> questions this <strong>course</strong> will analyze. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Schnitzler, Arthur. Mourir. Trans. Robert Dumond. Editions Stock, <br />

“Bibliothèque Cosmopolite.” <br />

• Guibert, Hervé. A l’ami qui ne m’a pas sauvé la vie. Paris: Gallimard, “Folio” <br />

[2366]. <br />

K2072 – Comparative Poetics <strong>of</strong> Rewriting <br />

Mlle Juliette Salaber <br />

The novel Les Heures by Michael Cunningham, published in 1993, and the <br />

eponymous film by Stephen Daldry, released in March 2003, are variations on one <strong>of</strong> <br />

the masterpieces <strong>of</strong> literature that appeared between the two World Wars: Virginia <br />

Woolf’s Mrs Dalloway (1925). This <strong>course</strong> will analyze the path from rewriting to <br />

cinematic adaptation. How does Michael Cunningham rewrite Mrs Dalloway? And <br />

how does Stephen Daldry rewrite, for the cinema, Cunningham’s novel? <br />

We will focus on the problem <strong>of</strong> imitation and originality, which will allow us to <br />

compare two poetics <strong>of</strong> rewriting: starting with a common hypotext, Mrs Dalloway <br />

by Woolf, how are two hypertexts put into place, one narrative and the other <br />

cinematic, which, despite the specific constraints due to the respective genres, carry <br />

<br />

32


out the same stylistic work (taken in its large meaning) <strong>of</strong> differential imitation, <br />

giving each work its own originality. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Virginia Woolf. Mrs. Dalloway. Trans. Pascale Michon. Paris: Le Livre de <br />

Poche [3012]. <br />

• Michael Cunningham. Les Heures. Trans. Anne Damour. Paris: Coll. Pocket <br />

[10992]. <br />

• Daldry, Stephen. The Hours. 2003. <br />

K2082 – Poetics <strong>of</strong> Metamorphosis <br />

Mme Anne Isabelle François <br />

The narratives studied in this <strong>course</strong> question the essence <strong>of</strong> humankind and, <br />

instead <strong>of</strong> enclosing animality and humanity in hermetic identities, it will inscribe <br />

them on a gradual and instable scale, in an indistinct zone <strong>of</strong> hybridity, even <br />

monstrosity, thus compromising all essences, identities, territories. The texts open <br />

an aesthetic <strong>of</strong> ambiguity – playing with voice and narrative intervention in <br />

particular, the changes in focalization, in genre, in register, in tone, generating <br />

generalized instability and indetermination. The texts make all our categories <strong>of</strong> <br />

perception explode: the kaleidoscopic approach <strong>of</strong> fiction manages to apprehend <br />

that which constitutes a challenge to representation. Charged with existential and <br />

<strong>of</strong>ten political dimensions, the fables expose the pathway towards the Unnamable, <br />

an unfinished birth where the nodal question is that <strong>of</strong> becoming human [“devenir-­humain”]<br />

(Deleuze and Guattari). A principle <strong>of</strong> general perturbation appears which <br />

introduces play and disorder, sometimes chaos, in the “ordinary,” contaminating the <br />

immediate entourage and all <strong>of</strong> society, engaging ethical, ontological, metaphysical, <br />

and social reflections. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Wells, H.G. L’île du docteur Moreau. Folio [2917]. <br />

• Kafka, Franz. La metamorphose. GF [510]. <br />

• Boulgakov, Mikhaïl. Coeur de chien. LP “Biblio” [3314]. <br />

• Cortazar, Julio. “Axolotl.” In Fin d’un jeu. Gallimard/L’imaginaire [508]. <br />

• Darrieussecq, Marie. Truismes. Folio [3065]. <br />

2 nd -­‐Year Courses: <br />

K4014 – Comparative Poetics <strong>of</strong> Narrative Genres: The Novel in a Frenzy – <br />

Sterne-Diderot <br />

Mme Yen-­‐Maï Tran-­‐Gervat <br />

In the context <strong>of</strong> the rise <strong>of</strong> the novel in he 18 th century, we will study two works <br />

that, at the confluence <strong>of</strong> the anti-­‐novel, <strong>of</strong> erudite satire and philosophy, <strong>of</strong> <br />

sentimentalism and libertinage, explore both the resources and limits <strong>of</strong> the <br />

narrative fiction genre with infectious energy and humor. All the comparative stakes <br />

<br />

33


aised by this corpus will be addressed: beyond the comparative approach to the <br />

two novels, through crossed comparative commentaries, we will raise questions <br />

about imitation, problems <strong>of</strong> translation, and we will also study some cases <strong>of</strong> scenic <br />

and cinematic adaptation. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Sterne, Laurence. Vie et opinions de Tristam Shandy. Trans. C. Mauron. GF-­‐<br />

Flammarion. <br />

• Diderot, Denis. Jacques le fatalists et son maître. Folio [763]. <br />

K4034 – History and Metahistory <br />

Mme Carole Matheron <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will elaborate on the relationship between history and its collective <br />

consciousness through a comparative study <strong>of</strong> three novels linked to the notion <strong>of</strong> <br />

crisis and the temporality <strong>of</strong> the end. End <strong>of</strong> the world, end <strong>of</strong> time, and formal <br />

innovation join together within a historical vision, distanced by intertextuality. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Singer, I.B. La Corne du bélier. Stock. <br />

• Roth, J. La Marche de Radetzky. Point Seuil. <br />

• Boulgakov, M. La Garde blanche. Livre de poche. <br />

K4044 – Questioning Theatrical Illusion <br />

M. Alexandre Seurat <br />

Between the 1920s and the 1950s, the founding works <strong>of</strong> Pirandello, Brecht, and <br />

Beckett, in their own ways, put into question the traditional vectors <strong>of</strong> theatrical <br />

illusion: because s/he is confronted with a play (Pirandello), to the processes <strong>of</strong> the <br />

“distanciation” <strong>of</strong> epic theater (Brecht), or with a purification <strong>of</strong> the stage and <strong>of</strong> the <br />

plot by the absurd (Beckett), the spectator is obliged to become aware <strong>of</strong> her status <br />

and to ask herself what she sees. We will thus evaluate this important moment in <br />

the history <strong>of</strong> the theater, questioning what makes this genre so specific, in other <br />

words, questioning the incessant dialogue between text and stage. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Pirandello, Luigi. Six personages en quête d’auteur. “Folio Bilingue.” <br />

• Brecht, Bertolt. La vie de Galilée. L’Arche. <br />

• Beckett, Samuel. Fin de Partie. Les Editions de Minuit. <br />

K4054 – African Autobiographical Writing <br />

M. Tumba Shango-­‐Lokoho <br />

Goal: To study the establishment <strong>of</strong> the patterns <strong>of</strong> personal literature in Africa; to <br />

see how, in the margins <strong>of</strong> “classical” narrative literature, the African autobiography <br />

develops progressively. Hence, we will see that the writers’ will for autonomy and <br />

<br />

34


individualization emerges; yet, paradoxically, this will to affirm the self, this worry <br />

for subjectivity cannot totally detach itself from the collective, African “We/Us.” We <br />

will focus on the critical, narrative, and discursive stakes <strong>of</strong> these personal stories. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Laye, Camar. L’enfant noir. Plon, 1953 [Presses Pocket, 1249]. <br />

• Chamoiseau. Une enfance créole 1 et 2. Paris: Gallimard, “Folio.” <br />

• Chraïbi, Driss. Vu, lu, entendu. Ed. Denoë. Folio, 1988 OR Le Monde à côté, <br />

“Folio,” 2001. <br />

K4074 – Fin de Siècle Suicides and Realist Theater (19 th -20 th Centuries) <br />

Anne Isabelle François <br />

Do we die differently (on stage) at the end <strong>of</strong> the century than at other periods in <br />

history? This <strong>course</strong> will question representations <strong>of</strong> death, and in particular <strong>of</strong> <br />

melancholy and suicide, in works that radically stir up writing and theatrical <br />

practice at the turn <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century. We will question the cultural aspects <br />

(European Zeitgeist, historical context, “fin de siecle” disenchantment and despair) <br />

and the poetic ones (“realist” dramaturgical revolution <strong>of</strong> writing and staging, desire <br />

to put into question stylization, otherwise idealization, and the Aristotelian <br />

hierarchy <strong>of</strong> dramatic genres). <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Ibsen, Henrik. Hedda Gabler. GF [867]. <br />

• Strindberg, August. Mademoiselle Julie. GF [970]. <br />

• Tchekhov, Anton. La Mouette. LP [6123]. <br />

• Schnitzler, Arthur. Le Chemin solitaire. Actes Sud-­‐Papiers, 1989. <br />

K4094 – Poetry in the East and West <br />

We will define, if they exist, the particular approaches that Europe and Asia have <br />

toward poetry. <br />

Studied Texts: TBA <br />

K4104 – Instant and Epiphany: Writing the Present <br />

Mlle Anne Delaplace <br />

How does one transcribe the fleeting experience <strong>of</strong> the instant, by definition lacking <br />

duration, in the linearity <strong>of</strong> narration? Can the narrative express, in the succession <br />

<strong>of</strong> the discursive chain, the ephemerality <strong>of</strong> an evanescent moment? This <strong>course</strong> will <br />

rely on these questions to attempt to find the representation <strong>of</strong> the present tense in <br />

the narrative. We will study narrative processes by which the narrative fiction <br />

writing responds to which seems to come close to being impossible: capture the <br />

elusive, immobilize the instant in the moment <strong>of</strong> its emergence. If Woolf and Proust <br />

are traditionally considered authors <strong>of</strong> memory and <strong>of</strong> the past (cf. Semester 1), we <br />

<br />

35


will see that their writing also draws from the present tense. How doe these two <br />

writers found, in the context <strong>of</strong> literary modernity <strong>of</strong> the early 20 th century, a poetics <br />

<strong>of</strong> the instant? <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Proust, Marcel. Du côté de chez Swann. Gallimard, “Folio Classique” [1924]. <br />

• Woolf, Virginia. Mrs. Dalloway. Trans. Pascale Michon. Le Livre de Poche <br />

[3012]. <br />

LINGUISTICS (Room 431) <br />

1 st Semester Courses <br />

1 st -­‐Year Courses <br />

F1060 – Introduction to Linguistic Analysis <br />

Mlle Y. Grinshpun <br />

− Grammar/Linguistics. <br />

− Acceptability/variation/norms/usages. <br />

− Phonetic transcription. <br />

− Structural linguistics. <br />

− Levels <strong>of</strong> analysis. <br />

− Statement/sentence, types and forms <strong>of</strong> sentences. <br />

− Analysis in Immediate components: primary components. <br />

F1061 – Aspects <strong>of</strong> French Linguistics: One Language, Several Usages <br />

The French language is composed <strong>of</strong> variations in its different usages, in France as <br />

well as in Francophone countries. These variations can be seen in pronunciation <br />

(phonetic variation), in grammar (morphological and syntactical variations), in the <br />

vocabulary (lexical variation), and they depend on the geographical origin <strong>of</strong> the <br />

speaker, her/his social status, and the context <strong>of</strong> communication. It is thus useful to <br />

speak about French in terms <strong>of</strong> unity and variety, and to observe the existence <strong>of</strong> <br />

several norms. This <strong>course</strong> will incorporate the study <strong>of</strong> analogous documents to <br />

illustrate these different situations. <br />

2 nd -­‐Semester Courses <br />

1 st -­‐Year Courses: <br />

<br />

36


F2060 – Introduction to Linguistic Analysis (2) <br />

Mme Grinshpun, Lecture: Ch. Puech <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will tackle two questions that are historical in nature: <br />

-­‐ The invention <strong>of</strong> the knowledge <strong>of</strong> language: we will retrace the evolution <strong>of</strong> the <br />

practices <strong>of</strong> knowledge that have led to the emergence <strong>of</strong> language sciences <br />

-­‐ The historical context <strong>of</strong> the “Cours de linguistique générale” by F. de Saussure: <br />

what does it mean to “study the language in itself and for itself” [“étudier la langue <br />

en elle-­‐même et pour elle-­‐même”]? <br />

Discussion Section: <br />

The components SV, SN, Modif and Circ. Morphology, applying it to verbal <br />

morphology. Principles <strong>of</strong> phonology <strong>of</strong> French and description <strong>of</strong> its pertinent <br />

traits. <br />

THEATER (Room 205) <br />

2 nd -­‐Year Courses <br />

Theater and Aesthetics <br />

Catherine Naugrette <br />

An introductory <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong> the main theories <strong>of</strong> theater will be <strong>of</strong>fered to the <br />

students by reading the great texts <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> theatrical aesthetics: Aristotle, <br />

d’Aubignac, or Corneille, Diderot, Hegel, Wagner, or Nietzsche, Zola or Antoine or <br />

Stanislavski, Brecht, Artaud. <br />

Poetics <strong>of</strong> Comedy <br />

Céline Candiard <br />

Although less theorized by authors <strong>of</strong> tragedy or drama, comedy is composed <strong>of</strong> <br />

complex rules and codes, whether in the system <strong>of</strong> characters, the treatment <strong>of</strong> <br />

space and time or the use <strong>of</strong> language. Through a study <strong>of</strong> texts by comical authors <br />

or theoreticians, the students will be able to approach the different aesthetic aspects <br />

<strong>of</strong> comedy as well as peripheral comic genres like farce, bedroom farce, or operetta. <br />

The Great Reformers <strong>of</strong> Theater in the 20 th Century <br />

Marc Duvillier <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will explore the stage reforms proposed by theoreticians marked by the <br />

modern and contemporary era, starting with a selection <strong>of</strong> writings by foundational <br />

figures such as Appia, Craig, Artaud. In their times, these “theater dreams” [“rêves <br />

<br />

37


de théâtre”] did not manage to manifest themselves beyond the realm <strong>of</strong> the written <br />

word and reviews. Thus, the readings <strong>of</strong> text will be just as important as the <br />

thoughts <strong>of</strong> contemporary theater creators who have carried out, partially at least, <br />

these reforms: Etienne Decroux, Peter Brook, Jerzy Grotowski, Claude Régy, Robert <br />

Wilson. <br />

Theories <strong>of</strong> Staging <br />

Julia Gros de Gasquet <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the main aesthetics <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century in France, Europe and <br />

Russia. It will focus on two axes: first, we will study filiations, heritage, and ruptures <br />

that structure the great aesthetic movements from Copeau to Jouvet and Vilar, from <br />

Strehler to Chérau, from Stanilsavski to Meyerhold and Vassiliev, with <br />

documentaries, archived texts and images, and filmed performances. The second <br />

axis will comprise o the decoding <strong>of</strong> artistic itineraries, such as those already <br />

inscribed in history like those <strong>of</strong> Ariane Mnouchkine and Peter Brook, or those <br />

which are forming now like Omar Porras. The theater troupes, the common <br />

struggles, the manifestations and workspaces: these are all part <strong>of</strong> the human <br />

adventure that determine the richness, the density, the political commitment, and <br />

they raise questions about our relationship to contemporary performance. <br />

Poor Objects, Rags, and Leftovers in French Theater from the mid-1970s to <br />

Today <br />

Jean-­‐Luc Matteoli <br />

Since the mid-­‐1970s, the object taken from reality is, in France, at the center <strong>of</strong> the <br />

artistic process in several companies. Poor – to the extent that it was “saved from <br />

the garbage bins” [“sauvé des poubelles”] –, this type <strong>of</strong> object gives rise to very <br />

different poetics and aesthetics, notably in the field <strong>of</strong> puppet theater, street <br />

performance, but also <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional theater (Deschamps-­‐Makeïeff, Théâtre du <br />

Radeau). <br />

This transversal nature <strong>of</strong> the “poor object” thus obliges us to consider it in its <br />

richness <strong>of</strong> variations in poetic and aesthetic terms. Beyond the way in which it <br />

founds new relations with the spectator and the actor, how does it narrowly <br />

articulate memory and daily life? “The object” <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is hence to study a <br />

history and the forms <strong>of</strong> theater pertaining to the margins, to elucidate the liveliness <br />

<strong>of</strong> multiform creation in which the object is <strong>of</strong>ten the most important. <br />

Theater and Technique <br />

Jean-­‐François Peyret <br />

The theater did not wait for the New Technologies to be compared to the question <strong>of</strong> <br />

technique. Since Aeschylus’ Prometheus, we know that the technical fate <strong>of</strong> man <br />

obsesses dramatic literature, and that each time the theater is sent back to the <br />

question <strong>of</strong> its own technique. <br />

<br />

38


Scenography. Italian Theater. Origins. Evolution. <br />

Anne Surgers <br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> the “Italian Theater” type. Its origin in painting and thought during the <br />

Renaissance, its development, its evolution and the evolution <strong>of</strong> décor in the 17 th <br />

and 18 th centuries. <br />

Looking to the Past: 20 th -Century Dramaturgy <br />

Marie-­‐Isabelle Boula de Mareuil <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the way in which modern and contemporary drama is <br />

inscribed in the question <strong>of</strong> the past and <strong>of</strong> memory. In reading and analyzing <br />

authors such as Tchekhov, Becket, Pinter, Duras, Lagarce and Danis, we will reflect <br />

on notions <strong>of</strong> retrospection, reassessment, and reviviscence. <br />

Quebecois Theater <br />

Maire-­‐Aude Hemmerlé <br />

Surrounding questions <strong>of</strong> dramatic form and fable, we will reflect on the evolution <br />

<strong>of</strong> Quebecois theater and its mutations, starting with the Quiet Revolution (1960s) <br />

and the foundational act <strong>of</strong> Michel Tremblay with Les Belles-­‐soeurs, including the <br />

deconstruction <strong>of</strong> narrative in Normand Chaurette or Carole Fréchette’s work, to <br />

conclude with contemporary dramaturgy (Danis, Mouawad, Charpentier…). What <br />

are the major traits that dominate these writings? How do they operate? <br />

Monster, Monstrosity, Monstration <br />

Céline Hersant <br />

Höderlin wrote, “We are a monster devoid <strong>of</strong> feeling / (…) And we have nearly lost / <br />

Language abroad” [“Nous sommes un monstre privé de sens / (…) Et nous avons <br />

perdu / Presque la langue à l’étranger”]. By considering diverse theatrical traditions <br />

(street theater, invention <strong>of</strong> machinery…), and starting with an examination <strong>of</strong> <br />

extracts from plays and complete works (Euripides’ The Baccahe, Shakespeare’s The <br />

Tempest…), this <strong>course</strong> proposes a study <strong>of</strong> the theme <strong>of</strong> monsters and monstrosity <br />

from antiquity to today. <br />

The Interior Crisis <br />

Armelle Talbot <br />

Since Dorval, in the prologue to Diderot’s Le Fils Naturel, left the spectators to worm <br />

themselves in his living room to observe the unraveling <strong>of</strong> a strange ceremony, <br />

domestic space constitutes one <strong>of</strong> the privileged territories <strong>of</strong> theatrical <br />

representation. Starting with the bourgeois drama, we will analyze the way in which <br />

the theatrical text, from the end <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century until today, has not stopped <br />

<br />

39


subverting itself to subject our “interiors” to assaults and metamorphoses that <br />

relinquish their familiarity and contradict their function as a protective refuge. <br />

Scenography: Text and Its Representation in Space <br />

Claire Chavanne <br />

Development <strong>of</strong> a scenography, beginning with the analysis <strong>of</strong> a text. Production <strong>of</strong> a <br />

model and a notebook. <br />

Rotrou’s Le veritable Saint Genest <br />

Gilles Gleizes <br />

After studying Rotrou’s Le veritable Saint Genest and presenting one aspect <strong>of</strong> the <br />

tragedy (Christian tragedy, baroque play, mise en abyme <strong>of</strong> theater…), we will <br />

perform an extract. <br />

Staging and Putting Oneself on Stage <br />

Nordine Lahlou / Elsa Texier-­‐Solal <br />

This practical workshop will develop and elaborate the gesture <strong>of</strong> staging: staging <br />

oneself, staging others. <br />

Lighting and Color in the Theater <br />

Sylvie Melis <br />

In this workshop the students will learn the first step <strong>of</strong> this practice by reflection <br />

and experimentation. We will envision different modes <strong>of</strong> possible operations for <br />

the conception <strong>of</strong> lighting the stage. By studying different contemporary theatrical <br />

forms, we will see how this practice today can reclaim its part <strong>of</strong> dramaturgy and <br />

participate in the poetics <strong>of</strong> the spectacle. At the end <strong>of</strong> this workshop the students <br />

will propose a project, starting with a theatrical text in the form <strong>of</strong> a dossier <br />

including a vision, a synopsis, and illustrations. <br />

Body and Voice <br />

Sophie-­‐Aude Picon <br />

This workshop proposes to work on collective and individual improvisation, and <br />

associate with it, starting with the learning <strong>of</strong> some dramatic or non-­‐dramatic texts, <br />

an attempt to discover and to search for physical movement and vocal possibilities. <br />

With Antonin Artaud <br />

Pierre-­‐Antoine Villemaine <br />

Beyond the image that one can make <strong>of</strong> the character, we must read and listen to the <br />

words <strong>of</strong> Artaud. We must find this voice written on the body via dictation; find this <br />

creative gesture, posture, space from where the body and language regenerate one <br />

<br />

40


another. This is an emotive palpitation – a movement, a rhythm, a wave, a vibration, <br />

a resonance… <br />

2 nd -­‐Year Courses: <br />

Humanities and Theater <br />

Monique Banu-­‐Borie <br />

By studying dis<strong>course</strong>s from the humanities (history, psychoanalysis, anthropology) <br />

on Shakespeare’s Hamlet, we will reflect on the plurality <strong>of</strong> possible approaches to a <br />

theatrical text. <br />

Stages and Human Zoos <br />

Sylvie Chalaye <br />

The staged invention <strong>of</strong> the Other and the Beyond from the colonial stage to the <br />

representation <strong>of</strong> otherness on contemporary stages. <br />

Political and Social Stakes <strong>of</strong> Theater <br />

Marco Consolini <br />

Through a study <strong>of</strong> texts, declarations, and other documents, we will question the <br />

relations between theater and its social and political contexts, notably in the 20 th <br />

century. <br />

Molière <br />

David Schwaeger <br />

It is <strong>of</strong>ten said that Molière’s theater is “universal.” This <strong>course</strong> will attempt to show <br />

that this is not an empty word. Indeed, the most recent research shows us that the <br />

literary and dramaturgical richness <strong>of</strong> this theater requires the actor to think like a <br />

director, and makes us mobilize more numerous and various ways to think about <br />

theater. During the semester, we will study Molieresque dramaturgy at the <br />

crossroads <strong>of</strong> diverse disciplines such as anthropology, psychoanalysis, literary <br />

criticism, the practical aspects <strong>of</strong> acting and directing, hoping to be able to show <br />

how such a variety <strong>of</strong> approaches is complementary and allows us to find the <br />

structural unity <strong>of</strong> the oeuvre <strong>of</strong> France’s most famous playwright. <br />

Understanding Spectator Behavior <br />

Daniel Urrutiaguer <br />

How do spectators decide which play to attend? What do they do during the <br />

performance? What processes are at play when they judge the quality <strong>of</strong> a spectacle? <br />

In this <strong>course</strong>, we will explore aesthetics, history, marketing, and sociology, <br />

concentrating on categories like pr<strong>of</strong>essional spectators or young audiences. <br />

<br />

41


New Forms <strong>of</strong> Modern Spectacle <br />

Katia Arfara <br />

We will sketch out the new scenic forms that have emerged these last few years in <br />

theater and the visual arts. Trained in the fine arts, the artists we will study question <br />

performance by pushing the basic elements <strong>of</strong> the classical stage to their limits. We <br />

will examine, through an analysis <strong>of</strong> key spectacles, the elements <strong>of</strong> this alternative <br />

path in relation with the artistic practices after World War II, in particular minimal <br />

art, conceptual art, performance art and installations. <br />

Theater and Circus Arts <br />

Clémence Coconnier <br />

We will first define the circus – not its origins, but its foundation: does it rely on <br />

technique (acrobatics, juggling, etc), apparatuses (trapeze, …), values (risk, <br />

wonderment, …), imagination (big tops, roaming troupes, …)? We will unravel this <br />

nebula to develop tools that will allow us to analyze the circus spectacle. From there, <br />

we will be able to evaluate its relations to theater, from a dramaturgical and dance <br />

perspective – the conceptions <strong>of</strong> the body that theater brings in what is referred to <br />

as “New Circus Arts.” <br />

Image Theater <br />

Ariane Martinez <br />

At the crossroads <strong>of</strong> disciplines (mime, circus, object theater, …), image theater <br />

reduces the importance <strong>of</strong> speech or transforms it in a rhythmic and sound element, <br />

to privilege the visual dimension <strong>of</strong> the spectacle. In this <strong>course</strong>, we will study <br />

pantomime, stage directed theater (19 th and 20 th centuries), as well as seasonal <br />

spectacles. <br />

Fine Arts on Stage <br />

Marie-­‐Noëlle Semet <br />

Artists are regularly invited to put their works on stage to participate in the <br />

questioning <strong>of</strong> the world. This <strong>course</strong> will reflect on the implication <strong>of</strong> theater on <br />

contemporary painters, sculptors, and video artists, and the questions that this <br />

collaboration raises surrounding representation, performance, or live spectacle. <br />

Theater and Film. History <strong>of</strong> Italian Cinema <br />

Myriam Tanant <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on the great Italian filmmakers (Visconti, Rossellini, <br />

Antonioni, De Sica), their influence on the French New Wave and contemporary <br />

Italian filmmakers like Moretti, Bellocchio, Giordana. <br />

<br />

42


The Great Stage Directors <br />

Marco Consolini <br />

Theater history <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century read through the revolution <strong>of</strong> staging. Theories, <br />

practices and utopian visions from Antoine to Vilar. <br />

The Stakes <strong>of</strong> the Body in Contemporary Theater <br />

Bénédicte Boisson <br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the body on the contemporary stage – programmed in Parisian theaters <br />

or studied from video extracts – will allow us to reflect on the links between theater <br />

and reality, presentation and representation, fiction and nonfiction, <br />

actor/performer… and on what these new suggestions can arouse in the spectator. <br />

Indian Theater <br />

Martine Chemana <br />

The epic stories (Mahabharata, Ramayana, Purana) in theater in India: <br />

1) Introduction to the aesthetics <strong>of</strong> Indian danced theater; <br />

2) Actor-­‐creator: study <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> he processes <strong>of</strong> acting (body, emotion, gesture); <br />

3) from the text to the stage: visual and sound poetry. <br />

Variations on Hamlet: Theatrical Performance and the Image, from Gordon <br />

Craig to Today <br />

Ludovic Fouquet/Sophie Proust <br />

We will first analyze different elements <strong>of</strong> the stage: the actors’ interpretation, voice <br />

and music, conception <strong>of</strong> space and other material elements <strong>of</strong> performance like <br />

lighting, costumes, make-­‐up, accessories, etc. This preliminary study will allow us to <br />

obtain the skills to examine the staging <strong>of</strong> Hamlet from completely different <br />

aesthetic viewpoints. We will question, in an interdisciplinary way, staging <strong>of</strong> the <br />

play from Craig’s direction at the Theater <strong>of</strong> Art in Moscow in 1912 to Hubert Colas’ <br />

at the Théâtre National de Chaillot in 2007. Josef Svoboda, Robert Wilson, Robert <br />

Lepage, Romeo Castellucci, Georges Lavaudant, the Wooster Group, Arpád Schilling, <br />

etc., will be steps in this exploration <strong>of</strong> theatrical representation, which maintains <br />

Hamlet in a special relationship with images, under the pretext <strong>of</strong> the specter. <br />

The Attraction <strong>of</strong> the Puppet <br />

Julie Sermon <br />

Considered as a minor art for a long time, as simple popular entertainment, the <br />

puppet became the muse <strong>of</strong> the avant-­‐garde at the turn <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century. An ideal <br />

counter-­‐model or efficient substitute for the human actor, the puppet crystallizes <br />

and renews poetic and scenic ambitions, the defenders <strong>of</strong> non-­‐naturalist theater. <br />

<br />

43


In studying the unique qualities <strong>of</strong> the puppet and questioning the unrest that it <br />

creates, we will see how it has contributed to renovate the collective consciousness <br />

<strong>of</strong> theater, both from the authors’ (Jarry, Maeterlinck, Minyana, Novarina…) and <br />

directors’ points <strong>of</strong> view (Craig, Kantor, Wilson,…), and has allowed for the rising <strong>of</strong> <br />

hybrid and interdisciplinary spectacular forms, populated with strange and <br />

worrisome presences (Genty, Marthaler, Marin). <br />

Theater and Opera <br />

Gilles Gleizes <br />

After having given presentations on plays that have inspired operas as well as on <br />

their booklets and music, we will work on an extract from these plays. <br />

Speaking the 17 th Century <br />

Julia Gros de Gasquet / Manuel Weber <br />

In this workshop, we will study different ways to embody the 17 th century today <br />

through speech. Far from limiting ourselves to theatrical texts, we will explore <br />

fiction prose, poetic texts, dedicatory letters, oratory, defense speeches… We will <br />

attempt to recreate these voices in contemporary bodies and voices. We will rely <br />

particularly on rhetorical analysis <strong>of</strong> these texts and the ways in which the body is <br />

used through action. <br />

Processes <strong>of</strong> Dramatization <br />

Bernard Grosjean <br />

We will experiment, by putting into play different processes <strong>of</strong> dramatization <br />

(situations, texts, images, characters, …) and studying how we can understand what <br />

occurs on stage. We will also ask questions about improving scenes by <br />

implementing critiques and everyone’s proposals. <br />

This workshop is intended for those who wish to frame other workshops and to <br />

work in groups. <br />

The Stakes <strong>of</strong> Translation in Theater <br />

Eloi Recoing <br />

Practical attempts to play different translation from the same text (no competence <br />

in another language other than French required). <br />

Playing Francophone Theater <br />

Dany Toubiana <br />

In this practical theater workshop, we will discover the theater from different <br />

Francophone countries, such as African countries, Quebec, North Africa, or the <br />

Caribbean. The <strong>course</strong> will be divided in two parts: <br />

<br />

44


We will reflect on the dramaturgical stakes and the specific problems that <br />

Francophone theaters pose. The students will work in groups to take charge <strong>of</strong> the <br />

staging and the dramaturgy, and they will make suggestions for the plays that they <br />

will chose to perform. <br />

In the second half <strong>of</strong> the semester, we will work on a specific common theme in <br />

depth from two plays from different Francophone countries. <br />

ENGLISH (Room 376) <br />

LBAFT5 – Translation: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> includes <strong>translations</strong> to and from <strong>English</strong> and French, which must be <br />

validated separately. The suggested texts will come from literature. Students must <br />

be regularly prepared in order to consolidate their lexical and grammatical <br />

knowledge through practice <strong>translations</strong>. <br />

EUROPEAN STUDIES <br />

Y5322 and Y6322 – Europe and Information/Communication <br />

At a time when we talk about the global society <strong>of</strong> information and communication, <br />

this <strong>course</strong> will analyze the main stakes that they raise. We will stress the role <strong>of</strong> <br />

new technologies and networks. We will ask questions about models represented by <br />

information systems and whose European figure is not necessarily one <strong>of</strong> the <br />

“information highways.” Hence, proposing a true nexus <strong>of</strong> issues <strong>of</strong> communication, <br />

including its intercultural dimension, is an important challenge for Europe in order <br />

to create an authentic feeling <strong>of</strong> European belongingness. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Livre blanc sur la politique de communication. Brussels: European <br />

Commission, 2005. <br />

• Jeanneny, J.N. Quand Google défie l’Europe. Mille et une nuits, 2005. <br />

• Métamorphoses 12. Europe, la quête de l’espace médiatique, 2004. <br />

• Morin, E. Penser l’Europe. Paris: Gallimard, 1987. <br />

• Wolton, D. Penser la communication. Paris: Flammarion, 1997. <br />

Y5321 – History <strong>of</strong> Europe through its Languages <br />

− Linguistic History <strong>of</strong> Europe <br />

− Linguistic structure <strong>of</strong> Europe <br />

− Nationalistic claims and Linguistic consciousness <br />

− Coexistence <strong>of</strong> languages <br />

− National and regional languages <br />

<br />

45


− Bilingualism, multilingualism, plurilingualism, diglossia <br />

− Linguistic politics <strong>of</strong> the States <strong>of</strong> the European Union <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Baggioni, Daniel. Langues et nations en Europe. Payot, 1997. <br />

• Thiesse, Anne-­‐Marie. La creation des identities nationals, Europe XVIII-­‐XXè <br />

siècles. Seuil, 2001. <br />

• Hagège, Claude. Le soufflé de la langue. Odile Jacob, 2000. <br />

• Combat pour le français. Au nom de la diversité des langues et des cultures. <br />

Odile Jacob, 2006. <br />

• Halte à la mort des langues. Odile Jacob, 2002. <br />

• Siguan, Miguel. L’Europe des langues. Pierre Mardaga, 1996. <br />

• Poche, Bernard. Les langues minoritaires en France. Presses universitaires de <br />

Grenoble, 2000. <br />

• Walter, Henriette. L’Aventure des langues en Occident. LGP Poche, 1996. <br />

• Cuche, Denys. La Notion de culture dans les sciences socials. La Découverte, <br />

1996. <br />

• Kersaudy, George. Langues sans frontiers. Autrement, 2001. <br />

• Giordan, Henri, ed. Les Minorités en Europe. Kime, 1992. <br />

Europe and its Nations <br />

J.M. Delaunay <br />

1 st Semester: Europe and its Nations in the 19 th Century (1815-­‐1914) <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will show the evolution <strong>of</strong> upheaval in Europe during a quarter <strong>of</strong> a <br />

century (1790-­‐1810) by the Anglo-­‐Saxon and French revolutions and by the <br />

Napoleonic Empire. From the reaction <strong>of</strong> central and eastern European empires to <br />

the progressive liberation <strong>of</strong> oppressed peoples (Belgium, Balkan nations, Norway) <br />

and to the penetration <strong>of</strong> liberal ideas from the Atlantic, Europe passed from the Old <br />

Regime <strong>of</strong> princes to the affirmation <strong>of</strong> nationalities that would end in the <br />

unification <strong>of</strong> Germany and Italy. The revival <strong>of</strong> colonization (Africa, Oceania, Asia) <br />

would keep Europe in the center <strong>of</strong> the world despite the appearance <strong>of</strong> regional yet <br />

very dynamic competitors (United States, Japan). The end <strong>of</strong> the balance <strong>of</strong> power <br />

would quickly be established by the placement – unheard <strong>of</strong> during peacetime – <strong>of</strong> <br />

two diplomatic and military poles: the Triple Alliance (Germany/Austria-­‐<br />

Hungary/Italy, 1880s) and the Triple Entente (France/Russia/UK, 1880s-­‐1890s). <br />

This European and colonial confrontation would have important consequences, <br />

through the Moroccan and Balkan crises. <br />

2 nd Semester: Europe and its Nations in the 20 th Century (1914-­‐1945) <br />

The First World War – which was originally a European war – would establish the <br />

arrival <strong>of</strong> the United States on the transatlantic stage and the crumbling <strong>of</strong> central <br />

empires (Russia, Germany, Austria-­‐Hungary, Ottoman Empire). This evolution <br />

would provoke the true fireworks <strong>of</strong> new nations, small countries with great <br />

<br />

46


political fragility, but it would also be accompanied by revolutions, one <strong>of</strong> which <br />

would succeed (Russia). From the United States’ isolationist abstention to its active <br />

participation in the Society <strong>of</strong> Nations, the Franco-­‐German hostility, and the <br />

pacifistic appeasement <strong>of</strong> Great Britain, against the economic crisis and diplomatic <br />

frustration, would favor the totalitarian epidemic throughout the least <br />

industrialized nations in southern and central Europe (Italy, Spain, Portugal, <br />

Hungary, Poland, then Germany). This general feeling <strong>of</strong> malaise would be <br />

accentuated by the last flames <strong>of</strong> colonial glory that reached its peak in the 1930s <br />

before the provocation <strong>of</strong> the first movements <strong>of</strong> modern organized resistance. After <br />

the Spanish Civil War, the undreamed-­‐<strong>of</strong> Soviet, Nazi and fascist totalitarianisms – <br />

with the help <strong>of</strong> the faraway yet powerful Japanese – would provoke another world <br />

war. Heir <strong>of</strong> the Society <strong>of</strong> Nations, the new universal organization called the United <br />

Nations would henceforth be housed on the North-­‐American continent, symbol <strong>of</strong> <br />

geographical displacement <strong>of</strong> the center <strong>of</strong> international power. Subjected to two <br />

pressures, taken by the Cold War, Europe would have to find new solutions for the <br />

future. <br />

Monetary Politics and European Monetary Space <br />

P. Dieuaide <br />

Monetary Europe in historical perspective (1959-­‐1971) <br />

Monetary cooperation before the Economic and Monetary Union <br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Economic and Monetary Union <br />

Currency and Monetary Politics within the Eurosystem <br />

<br />

47


Course Offerings – Paris IV <br />

ART HISTORY <br />

L1AA001U – Introduction to Archeology and Art History <br />

(Choose one <strong>of</strong> the “Worlds” below) <br />

Ancient Worlds <br />

Greek Archeology and Art History <br />

Introduction to Greek architecture <br />

Pericles’ century <br />

Roman Archeology and Art History <br />

Introduction to the art and archeology <strong>of</strong> ancient Rome <br />

Introduction to Roman painting and mosaic <br />

Paleochristian archeology and art <br />

Medieval Worlds <br />

Archeology and Art History <strong>of</strong> the Medieval West <br />

Introduction to medieval art history <br />

Oriental Mediterranean Worlds <br />

Egyptian, Islamic, and Middle Eastern Archeology and Art History <br />

Archeology <strong>of</strong> pharaonic Egypt <br />

Unity and diversity <strong>of</strong> architecture in Muslim countries <br />

Initiation to the ancient middle east <br />

L1AA002U – Methodology in Archeology and Art History <br />

(Choose one) <br />

Introduction to Iconographical Analysis I <br />

Ancient and medieval iconography: iconography <strong>of</strong> the gods and heroes <strong>of</strong> Greek <br />

and Roman mythology <br />

Ancient and medieval iconography: acquisition <strong>of</strong> fundamental notions <br />

Introduction to the Analysis <strong>of</strong> Works <strong>of</strong> Art I <br />

Learning to look at architecture <br />

<br />

48


HISTORY <br />

Licence 1 <br />

Fall Semester <br />

L1HI0121 – Introduction to Religious History <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages <br />

J. Verger <br />

Introduction to the religious history <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages (13 th -­‐15 th centuries): beliefs, <br />

practices, and ecclesiastical structures. <br />

L1HI0122 – Europe during the High Middle Ages <br />

M. Sot <br />

The Barbarian Kingdoms (5 th -­‐8 th centuries): Christianity, Culture, and Society from <br />

the Roman World to Carolinian Europe <br />

In the structures <strong>of</strong> the ancient Roman Empire <strong>of</strong> the West, how did barbarian <br />

kingdoms establish themselves? They sketch out one <strong>of</strong> the fist political and cultural <br />

maps <strong>of</strong> Europe in which we discern an Italy, a Spain, an England, and a Franc group <br />

associating France and Germany. We will see how the Roman heritage, in each <br />

region where Christianity plays a vital role, is remodeled by the contributions <strong>of</strong> the <br />

immigrant groups. <br />

L1HI0123 – Monarchy and Feudalism in Medieval France <br />

D. Barthelémy <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study monarchy and feudalism in France, from its origins until 987, <br />

as well as the Merovingian dynasty. <br />

L1HI0131 – Baroque Europe: States and International Relations <br />

A. Tallon <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on the main evolution <strong>of</strong> international relations at the <br />

end <strong>of</strong> the 16 th century and during the first half <strong>of</strong> the 17 th , including Spanish power <br />

and its limits, the restoration <strong>of</strong> the French monarchy under Henri IV and Louis XIII, <br />

and the great European conflict <strong>of</strong> the Thirty Years War. We will also examine the <br />

political structures <strong>of</strong> European states. <br />

<br />

49


L1HI0132 – 18 th -Century France: State and Institutions <br />

R. Abad <br />

France <strong>of</strong> the last century <strong>of</strong> the Old Regime will be studied from the monarchy’ <br />

point <strong>of</strong> view: administrative mechanisms, public policy, and international <br />

ambitions. <br />

L1HI0141 – Introduction to 19 th -Century History: The Europe <strong>of</strong> Revolutions <br />

(1815-1914) <br />

E. Anceau <br />

Between the fall <strong>of</strong> Napoleonic Empire and World War I, European countries were <br />

confronted with pr<strong>of</strong>ound economic and social transformations, with the reclaiming <br />

<strong>of</strong> nationalities, with the advancements <strong>of</strong> liberalism and democracy. <br />

L1HI0142 – Introduction to 20 th -Century History <br />

S. Jeannesson <br />

We will study Europe in the 20 th Century (1900-­‐1945). <br />

LICENCE 2 <br />

Fall Semester <br />

L3HI0111 – The Worlds <strong>of</strong> Ancient Greece <br />

A. Laronde <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on the Greek world from 378 to 338 BC. <br />

L3HI0112 – Roman History: The Republic <br />

F. Hinard <br />

We will study the Republic from the Gracchi Brothers to Sylla. <br />

L3HI0113 – Introduction to the Civilization <strong>of</strong> Pharaonic Egypt <br />

L. Pfirsch <br />

L3HI0121 – Kingdom, Institutions, Conception <strong>of</strong> Power (Franc World) <br />

Y. Sassier <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will focus on ancient heritage and the Merovingian times. <br />

<br />

50


L3HI0123 – Feudal and Christian France <br />

D. Barthelémy <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on two aspects <strong>of</strong> medieval France: 1) the princes <strong>of</strong> the <br />

year 1000 and 2) monks and God’s peace. <br />

L3HI0124 – Introduction to the History <strong>of</strong> Medieval Islam <br />

A. Nef <br />

We will study the great scansions <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> the Muslim world from the 7 th to <br />

the 13 th centuries, all the while presenting the major characteristics <strong>of</strong> this <br />

civilization. <br />

L3HI0131 – Europeans and Asia, 16 th -18 th Centuries <br />

L.F. De Alencastro <br />

We will study European ports, maritime routes, trading posts and European <br />

enclaves in Western Africa, the Persian Gulf, and Asia. <br />

L3HI0132 – 16 th -Century History <br />

D. Crouzet <br />

Fall Semester: “Renaissance Europe: Humanism and Flamboyant Piety.” We will <br />

sketch out an image <strong>of</strong> Europe between 1480 and 1517, underscoring the double <br />

dynamic <strong>of</strong> its ambiguities and internal flaws: one <strong>of</strong> the dream <strong>of</strong> improvement <strong>of</strong> <br />

humankind thanks to the rediscovery <strong>of</strong> texts and ancient knowledge, and the other <br />

<strong>of</strong> a faith that may have reached a balance point by proposing a coherent system <strong>of</strong> <br />

responses to Christians regarding their search for salvation. <br />

L3HI0141 – Contemporary German History <br />

J.-­‐P. Bled <br />

The Third Reich (1933-­‐39). <br />

L3HI0142 – French Political and Social Life <strong>of</strong> the Early 20 th Century <br />

J. Grondeux <br />

We will study France from the Dreyfus Affair to the Great War (1898-­‐1918), <br />

insisting on the political forces at the turn <strong>of</strong> the century, the sharing <strong>of</strong> passions in <br />

the face <strong>of</strong> the Dreyfus Affair, the separation <strong>of</strong> Church and State, the republican and <br />

social affirmation <strong>of</strong> the Belle Époque. We will consider the War according to its <br />

social and cultural aspects. <br />

<br />

51


L3HI0143 – Contemporary Social and Economic History: France <strong>of</strong> the Thirty <br />

Glorious Years <br />

D. Barjot <br />

After a general panorama <strong>of</strong> France between 1944 and 1974, such as the <br />

constitutions <strong>of</strong> political life <strong>of</strong> the Fourth and Fifth Republics, decolonization, and <br />

France’s ranking. We will concentrate on the structural, economic, social, and <br />

cultural mutations: growth and crisis, second industrial revolution, entrance <strong>of</strong> <br />

consummation into society, Americanization, the baby boom, and the role <strong>of</strong> the <br />

middle classes and executives. <br />

L3HI0144 – The Middle East in the 20 th Century <br />

A.-­‐L. Dupont <br />

This <strong>course</strong> understands the Middle East as a strategic space covering a large part <strong>of</strong> <br />

the Arabic, Turkish, and Iranian cultural areas that have been unified by Islam. We <br />

will study its recent history in its political, social, cultural and religious aspects. <br />

Among the major themes <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong> will be the imperial rivalries and regional <br />

conflicts, the succession <strong>of</strong> the Ottoman Empire, the transformation <strong>of</strong> political <br />

regimes and elites, the demographic and quotidian upheaval, the condition <strong>of</strong> <br />

women, urban growth, ideals <strong>of</strong> national renaissance and reform, Islamism, and the <br />

status <strong>of</strong> linguistic and religious minorities. The fall <strong>course</strong> will focus on the first half <br />

<strong>of</strong> the 20 th century (1906-­‐48). <br />

L3HI03mc – Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary World <br />

S. Jeannesson <br />

The topic <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> will be the world during the Cold War. <br />

Spring Semester <br />

L4HI0113 – Introduction to the Civilization <strong>of</strong> Pharaonic Egypt <br />

L. Pfirsch <br />

L4HI0121 – Kingdom, Institutions, Conception <strong>of</strong> Power (Franc World). <br />

Y. Sassier <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the Carolingians. <br />

L4HI0123 – Feudal and Christian France <br />

D. Barthelémy <br />

We will study the religious, social, and political mutations around the year 1100. <br />

<br />

52


L4HI0124 – Introduction to the History <strong>of</strong> Medieval Islam <br />

A. Nef <br />

We will concentrate on the history <strong>of</strong> medieval Western Islam (North Africa, al-­‐<br />

Andalus, and Sicily), since its conquest by Arabo-­‐Muslim armies until the 13 th <br />

century. <br />

L4HI0131 – Europeans in the Americas and Africa in the Modern Period <br />

L.F. de Alencastro <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the commerce, migrations, European presence in Africa and <br />

America, and the Slave Trade. <br />

L4HI0132 – 16 th -Century History <br />

D. Crouzet <br />

“Europe <strong>of</strong> the Renaissance: Religious Crisis and Reform.” <br />

Starting with Luther and the Holy Roman Empire, we will study the major <br />

milestones and the particular modalities <strong>of</strong> the processes <strong>of</strong> rupture <strong>of</strong> Christian <br />

unity. The Protestant reforms and the Catholic reform will be studied successively, <br />

not only in the perspective <strong>of</strong> “confessionalism,” but also in regard to civil violence <br />

and political conflicts that resulted from them. <br />

L4HI0141 – Contemporary German History <br />

J.-­‐P. Bled <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the Third Reich (1940-­‐45). <br />

L4HI0142 – French Political and Social Life <strong>of</strong> the Early 20 th Century <br />

J. Grondeux <br />

We will study the period ranging from the interwar period (the “années folles”) to <br />

the dark years (the “années noires”) (1919-­‐45), concentrating on the economic and <br />

social consequences <strong>of</strong> WWI, the mutations <strong>of</strong> France between the wars, the <br />

reordering <strong>of</strong> political forces and <strong>of</strong> French society during World War II until the <br />

Liberation <strong>of</strong> Paris. <br />

L4HI0143 – France during the Thirty Glorious Years <br />

P. Griset <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study information, consummation, and communications in France <br />

from 1945 to 1974. <br />

<br />

53


L4HI0144 – The Middle East in the 20 th Century <br />

A.-­‐L. Dupont <br />

This <strong>course</strong> follows the fall semester <strong>course</strong> and will concentrate on the Middle East <br />

from 1948 to today. <br />

L4HI03mc – Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary World <br />

S. Jeannesson <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study our world today. We will analyze the great international <br />

problems since 1990 using a variety <strong>of</strong> approaches (global, regional, geopolitical, <br />

economic…). <br />

LICENCE 3 <br />

Fall Semester <br />

L5HI0131 – Paris from 1660 to 1789: Living Environments <br />

R. Abad <br />

We will study the French capital, from Louis XIV’s royal entrance to the storming <strong>of</strong> <br />

the Bastille from the point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> living environments: public institutions, <br />

religious supervision, and social structures. <br />

L5HI0132 – Louis XIV’s France <br />

L. Bely <br />

“The period <strong>of</strong> great undertakings (1661-­‐88)” <br />

The personal government <strong>of</strong> Louis XIV sparked the opening <strong>of</strong> large ventures in <br />

legislative, administrative, economic, military, and cultural domains. This monarchal <br />

initiative, whose principles, methods, means and limits must be studied, gave the <br />

kingdom new impetus and reinforced its position in Europe and the world. This <br />

<strong>course</strong> will also concentrate on the reception <strong>of</strong> such initiatives, the reaction <strong>of</strong> the <br />

French and the results <strong>of</strong> this policy. <br />

L5HI0134 – Growth and Development <strong>of</strong> the West in the Modern Period: A <br />

First World Economy (late 15 th – middle 17 th century) <br />

E. Broglin <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will address the following questions: How was global trade born? What <br />

are the results? Where are the centers <strong>of</strong> gravity? Why and how are they displaced? <br />

Which mechanisms have allowed for the extension <strong>of</strong> the great commerce <strong>of</strong> Europe <br />

and the growing control <strong>of</strong> a market economy in full expansion? <br />

<br />

54


L5HI0134B – History <strong>of</strong> Great Britain in the Modern Period: Elizabethan <br />

England (1558-1603), Politics, Religion, Culture <br />

J.-­‐F. Dunyach <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study political life in England during the reign <strong>of</strong> Queen Elizabeth I <br />

(1558-­‐1603). We will contextualize the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>English</strong> political culture within the <br />

framework <strong>of</strong> religious and cultural foundations <strong>of</strong> the second half <strong>of</strong> the 16 th <br />

century and their evolution. <br />

L5HI0135 – North America: From the Thirteen Colonies to the Young United <br />

States (1713-65) <br />

E. Broglin <br />

We will study three axes: 1) the demographic dynamic and economic prosperity <strong>of</strong> <br />

an original colonial society; 2) the progressive Americanization, stemming from <br />

religious, cultural, ideological, and political practices; 3) the constitutional and <br />

institutional divergences between the metropolis and colonies that led to the War <strong>of</strong> <br />

Independence and the Revolution. <br />

L5HI0136 – Italy in the 16 th and 17 th centuries <br />

A. Tallon <br />

“Political Life and Economic Evolutions” <br />

A long period <strong>of</strong> relative political stability followed the upheaval <strong>of</strong> the Italian wars, <br />

and we will study the modalities for Spanish Italy and the great independent states. <br />

On the economic level, the refound prosperity <strong>of</strong> the 16 th century did not stop the <br />

“fragility <strong>of</strong> an advanced economy” [“fragilité d’une économie avancée”] from <br />

manifesting itself in the context <strong>of</strong> the most difficult crisis <strong>of</strong> the 17 th century. <br />

L5HI0137 – History <strong>of</strong> Brazil <br />

L.F. de Alencastro <br />

We will study the history <strong>of</strong> Brazil, from the discovery in 1500 to the transfer <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Portuguese Court to Rio de Janeiro in 1808. <br />

L5HI0138 – 16 th -Century History <br />

D. Crouzet <br />

The French kingdom during the wars <strong>of</strong> religion (1559-­‐98): Catholics versus <br />

Protestants or a society confronted with the religious division and the temptation <strong>of</strong> <br />

violence: from the death <strong>of</strong> Henri II to the Saint Bartholomew’s Day Massacre. <br />

L5HI0139 – Louis XV’s France <br />

O. Chaline <br />

France during the early 18 th century corresponds to the first part <strong>of</strong> Louis XV’s reign <br />

(1715-­‐48). We will study the period spanning the regency to the succession <strong>of</strong> <br />

<br />

55


Austria, concentrating on, other than the external relations, the economic, social, <br />

and cultural evolution. It was during this time that the Enlightenment began. <br />

L5HI0141 – Central Europe in International Relations <br />

J.-­‐P. Bled <br />

We will study the German and Austria-­‐Hungarian Empires in international relations <br />

(1871-­‐1918). <br />

L5HI0142 – Colonization and Decolonization (19 th -20 th Centuries) <br />

J. Fremeaux <br />

We will study Africa and colonization (19 th century to 1945). <br />

L5HI0143 – Economic and Social History <strong>of</strong> France and Great Britain in the <br />

19 th Century <br />

M. Barjot <br />

L5HI0144 – The Emergence <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary Arab World <br />

J. Fremeaux <br />

L5HI0145 – History <strong>of</strong> the Revolution and Empire <br />

J.-­‐O. Boudon <br />

We will study Europe and the Americas during Napoleon’s time. <br />

L5HI0146 – Social and Cultural History (19 th -20 th Century) <br />

J.-­‐P. Chaline <br />

1914-­‐18, Between History and Memory <br />

L5HI0147 – Media, Information, and Telecommunications in France and the <br />

United States <br />

P. Griset <br />

We will study the development <strong>of</strong> telecommunications and the birth <strong>of</strong> big media in <br />

France and the United States, from the middle <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century to World War II. <br />

L5HI0148 – History <strong>of</strong> European Construction <br />

E. Bussière <br />

We will study France’s European politics from Charles de Gaulle to Georges <br />

Pompidou. <br />

<br />

56


L5HI0283 – Introduction to the Urban History <strong>of</strong> France <br />

J.-­‐F. Dunyach <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will <strong>of</strong>fer an outline <strong>of</strong> the research in the urban history <strong>of</strong> France <br />

during the 17 th and 18 th centuries. During the fall semester, we will concentrate on <br />

urban society, privileging the discovery <strong>of</strong> sources used by historians: consensus, <br />

marriage contracts, death certificates, and apprenticeship contracts. <br />

L5HI0285 – Introduction to the History <strong>of</strong> the Family and to Historical <br />

Demography (Modern Period) <br />

I. Robin-­‐Romero <br />

On the one hand, we will study a historiographical outline <strong>of</strong> the major questions <br />

raised by demographic historians and historians <strong>of</strong> the family, and, on the other <br />

hand, we will explore the variety <strong>of</strong> documented resources and methods at our <br />

disposal. From the parish registers and notarized acts to private writings and <br />

judicial acts, documents which allow us to understand familial structures, <br />

demographic dispositions, the life <strong>of</strong> individuals within the family and traditional <br />

society. <br />

L5HI0291 – The Historian and Communication: Heritage, Memory, <br />

Expositions, and Culture <strong>of</strong> Business <br />

P. Griset <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the relationship between the historian and business. <br />

L5HI0292 – History <strong>of</strong> Childhood and Youth (19 th -20 th Century) <br />

J.-­‐N. Luc <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the history <strong>of</strong> children, adolescents, and youth: daily life, <br />

leisure, work, sociability, sexuality, mistreatment, and delinquency. <br />

L5HI0293 – Urban History in the 19 th Century in Europe and the United States <br />

J.-­‐P. Bled <br />

L5HI0295 – History <strong>of</strong> Economic and Social Thought in the 19 th Century <br />

D. Barjot, J. Grondeux <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the great steps and great stakes <strong>of</strong> economic and social <br />

thought. We will examine the foundations and developments <strong>of</strong> economic <br />

liberalism; the socialist schools from Fourier to Prudhon, including Saint-­‐Simonism; <br />

Walras and marginalism; Karl Marx and his posterity; Max Weber and the German <br />

Historical School; the Keynesian Revolution; economy and society viewed from <br />

totalitarianism; monetarism and current debates. <br />

<br />

57


L5HI0296 – Historian <strong>of</strong> Recent Times and Historical Materials: <br />

Epistemological Analysis and Critique <strong>of</strong> Sources <br />

A. Callu <br />

This <strong>course</strong>’s goal is to think about 20 th -­‐century sources in their plurality and to <br />

reflect on the positions the historian must take. We will concentrate on two themes: <br />

1) cultural life during the Occupation and 2. De Gaulle and France during the 1960s. <br />

In doing so, we will analyze the three-­‐sidedness <strong>of</strong> history: in other words, historical <br />

problematic/bibliographic diagnostic/critical apparatus <strong>of</strong> sources. <br />

Spring Semester <br />

L6HI0117 – The City <strong>of</strong> Rome <br />

F. Hinard <br />

We will study Rome from Tiberius to the Flavian Dynasty, including the emperors’ <br />

urban projects, the only ones with the power to intervene in urban space, allowing <br />

us to see how each emperor perceived their power and the nature <strong>of</strong> the <br />

relationship they wanted to maintain with the Romans. <br />

L6HI0117 – The Greek Metropolis: Religion and Metropolis <br />

O. Picard <br />

Greek Metropolises and Sanctuaries during the Archaic Period. <br />

L6HI0118 – Ancient Societies and Civilizations <br />

F. Lefèvre <br />

History <strong>of</strong> Athens, from Pericles to Lycurgus. <br />

L6HI0121 – Cultural History <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages (12 th – 15 th Centuries) <br />

J. Verger <br />

Power and culture in France in the British Islands (14 th – 15 th centuries). <br />

L6HI0122 – Byzantine History <br />

J.-­‐C. Cheynet <br />

Byzantine expansion and the Macedonians (867-­‐1025). <br />

L6HI0123 – Church and Society in Medieval France <br />

D. Barthelémy <br />

Gregorian reform and the great ecclesiastical turning point. <br />

<br />

58


L6HI0124 – The Muslim Medieval Orient <br />

L. Klaus <br />

The Turks in the Muslim East during the 14 th and 15 th centuries: the first Ottomans, <br />

the Timurids, the Qaraqoyunlus, the Aqqoyunlus, and the Mamluks. <br />

L6HI0125 – Ideology and Conception <strong>of</strong> Power (6 th – 13 th Centuries) <br />

Y. Sassier <br />

Government and law in medieval thought. Reflection <strong>of</strong> elites on the legislative <br />

capacity <strong>of</strong> the prince and its limits (11 th -­‐14 th centuries). <br />

L6HI0126 – Social and Political History (End <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages) <br />

E. Crouzet-­‐Pavan <br />

Italy during the Renaissance: hopes and fears; material life, social, aesthetic and <br />

cultural practices. <br />

L6HI0127 – Carolingian Empire (mid-8 th -10 th Centuries): A Key Moment in the <br />

History <strong>of</strong> Western Culture <br />

M. Sot <br />

Following a general presentation in the fall semester, we will concentrate on the <br />

importance <strong>of</strong> what is called the Carolingian Renaissance, inseparably a religious <br />

reform and a renewal <strong>of</strong> Latin culture (Christian and classical), ending in the <br />

organization <strong>of</strong> knowledge transmitted to the West. We will study the main <br />

Carolingian savants and their works. Particular attention will be placed on writing <br />

as a technical act, on the acts and books found in libraries, and we will question the <br />

culture <strong>of</strong> the laymen and women next to the well-­‐known one <strong>of</strong> the clergy. <br />

L6HI0131 – Paris from 1660 to 1789: Lifestyles <br />

R. Abad <br />

We will study the capital, from Louis XIV’s royal entrance to the storming <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Bastille, from the point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> lifestyles: material realities, economic activities, <br />

cultural practices. <br />

L6HI0132 – Louis XIV’s France <br />

L. Bely <br />

“French Nobility and the Court” <br />

Beyond the complex definitions <strong>of</strong> the nobility, this <strong>course</strong> will investigate the <br />

lifestyles, the networks, and the powers <strong>of</strong> the social elite. It will question the <br />

relations between the monarchy and the second order <strong>of</strong> the kingdom, the forms <strong>of</strong> <br />

dialogue and conflict, the evolution <strong>of</strong> the Louis XIV’s reign. The French court will <br />

serve as a privileged framework for these relations, integrating old traditions, <br />

<br />

59


stabilizing structures, and creating new practices that will comprise the center <strong>of</strong> a <br />

detailed study. <br />

L6HI0133 – Austrian Monarch and Central Europe (1740-1815) <br />

O. Chaline <br />

The second semester will concentrate on the life <strong>of</strong> the people in the monarchy from <br />

the baroque to the romantic age: cities, countryside, society and culture, the <br />

awakening <strong>of</strong> nationality. <br />

L6HI0134 – Growth and Development <strong>of</strong> the West in the Modern Period: <br />

Expansion <strong>of</strong> European Commercial Capitalism (mid-17 th – late 18 th Centuries) <br />

E. Broglin <br />

Exchanges like the creation <strong>of</strong> value and motor <strong>of</strong> development. The passage from <br />

Dutch primacy to the rivalry between France and Great Britain. What is the relation <br />

between commercial expansion and the growth <strong>of</strong> exchanges, on the one hand, and <br />

on the other, the impetus <strong>of</strong> demand and the first steps towards the society <strong>of</strong> mass <br />

consumption? We will also attempt to explain the mechanisms that presided over <br />

the enrichment <strong>of</strong> humanity and over the “industrious revolution” in order to <br />

understand the passage from the period <strong>of</strong> commercial capitalism to industrial <br />

capitalism. <br />

L6HI0135 – North America: The Birth <strong>of</strong> a Democratic Republic (from ~1765 - <br />

~1820) <br />

E. Broglin <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will show that the War <strong>of</strong> Independence is accompanied by a <br />

fundamental revolution: the invention <strong>of</strong> a federal model and the establishment <strong>of</strong> a <br />

republican regime in an immense and diverse country. We will retrace the birth and <br />

the development <strong>of</strong> American democracy in which, through the birth and the <br />

confrontation <strong>of</strong> parties, the sovereignty <strong>of</strong> the people, the articulation between <br />

federal government and the rights <strong>of</strong> the states, and the relations between the <br />

executive, legislative, and judicial branches was constructed. <br />

L6HI0136 – Italy in the 16 th and 17 th Centuries <br />

A. Tallon <br />

“Culture and Society” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the great evolutions that mark Italian society for two <br />

centuries: the religious effervescence <strong>of</strong> the early 16 th century and the <br />

transformations <strong>of</strong> Catholicism that it provoked, until the baroque pastoral and <br />

Roman triumphalism; the evolution <strong>of</strong> urban and rural societies and the <br />

development <strong>of</strong> original nobiliary cultures; the artist’s place in Italian society, from <br />

the end <strong>of</strong> the Renaissance to the baroque age. <br />

<br />

60


L6HI0137 – History <strong>of</strong> Brazil <br />

L.F. De Alencastro <br />

Independence and the Empire <strong>of</strong> Brazil, 1822-­‐89. <br />

L6HI0138 – History <strong>of</strong> the 16 th Century <br />

D. Crouzet <br />

The French kingdom during the Wars <strong>of</strong> Religion (1559-­‐98): history <strong>of</strong> a double <br />

failure: that <strong>of</strong> the last Valois kings consecrated by the 1589 regicide and another <strong>of</strong> <br />

the Catholic League defeated by Henri IV. <br />

L6HI0139 – Louis XV’s France <br />

O. Chaline <br />

The second half <strong>of</strong> Louis XV’s reign is marked by the very grave defeat <strong>of</strong> the Seven <br />

Year’s War. Governing the kingdom became more and more difficult despite the <br />

final spurt <strong>of</strong> effort <strong>of</strong> the Maupeou Reform (1770-­‐74). At the same time, it is at this <br />

moment when France’s splendor reached its apogee in Europe. <br />

L6HI0141 – Central Europe in International Relations <br />

L.-­‐P. Bled <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study Central Europe in international relations (1918-­‐39): Germany <br />

and the successive states <strong>of</strong> the Austria-­‐Hungary Empire. <br />

L6HI0142 – Colonization and Decolonization (19 th -20 th Centuries) <br />

J. Frémeaux <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study Africa and decolonization since 1945. <br />

L6HI0143 – Economic and Social History <strong>of</strong> France and Great Britain in the <br />

19 th Century <br />

M. Barjot <br />

L6HI0144 – The Emergence <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary Arabic World <br />

J. Frémeaux <br />

L6HI0145 – Contemporary Religious History <br />

J.-­‐O. Boudon <br />

Religion and politics in France from 1880 to today. <br />

<br />

61


L6HI0146 – Social and Cultural History (19 th -20 th Century) <br />

J.-­‐P. Chaline <br />

1914-­‐18, between history and memory <br />

L6HI0147 – The Media, Information, and Telecommunications in France and <br />

the United States <br />

P. Griset <br />

Computers, television, and Internet: the United States, France and the information <br />

and communications revolution (1945-­‐2000). <br />

L6HI0148 – The History <strong>of</strong> the Building <strong>of</strong> Europe <br />

E. Bussière <br />

European politics and policies <strong>of</strong> France from V. Giscard d’Estaig to F. Mitterrand. <br />

L6HI0149 – Political History <strong>of</strong> France in the 19 th Century <br />

J.O. Boudon <br />

France during the Second Empire <br />

L6HI282 – Introduction to International Relations (Modern Period) <br />

L. Bely <br />

“17 th and 18 th Centuries” <br />

By analyzing the various stakes <strong>of</strong> international relations, this <strong>course</strong> will examine <br />

the placement <strong>of</strong> instruments created by European diplomacy – theory, structures, <br />

practices, personnel – and the development <strong>of</strong> foreign policies from the European <br />

States to the modern period. <br />

L6HI0283 – Initiation to the Urban History <strong>of</strong> France <br />

R. Abad <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will <strong>of</strong>fer a glimpse <strong>of</strong> the research on the urban history <strong>of</strong> France from <br />

the 17 th to the 18 th centuries. The second semester will concentrate on the recent <br />

acquired knowledge in historiography in three specific fields: urban landscape, <br />

economy <strong>of</strong> cities, urban culture. <br />

L6HI0285 – Introduction to the History <strong>of</strong> the Family (Modern Period) <br />

I. Robin-­‐Romero <br />

This semester will be divided into two parts. The first will concentrate on the <br />

presentation <strong>of</strong> the historiography and the major themes pertinent to the history <strong>of</strong> <br />

women; the second on the history <strong>of</strong> childhood. The questions <strong>of</strong> law, status, work, <br />

the representation <strong>of</strong> the body and the education <strong>of</strong> women will be studied. In <br />

<br />

62


egard to children, we will study the relations between parents and children as well <br />

as the role and place <strong>of</strong> parenting, and finally we will study the depictions <strong>of</strong> families <br />

in painting. <br />

L6HI0291 – The Historian and Communication: Opinion and Environment in <br />

France. History <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Debates <br />

L. Laborie <br />

From “progress” to “durable development.” We will study a history <strong>of</strong> the <br />

environment, beginning with current questions (energy, mobility, consummation, <br />

etc.) and questioning the process <strong>of</strong> changing opinions. <br />

L6HI0292 – History <strong>of</strong> the Education System (19 th -20 th Centuries) <br />

J.-­‐N. Luc <br />

Political, social, and cultural history <strong>of</strong> the education system <strong>of</strong> the 19 th and 20 th <br />

centuries, from preschool to university. <br />

L6HI0293 – Urban History in the 19 th Century in Europe and the United States <br />

J.-­‐P. Bled <br />

The forms <strong>of</strong> urban development (Paris – Vienna – New York). <br />

L6HI0295 – History <strong>of</strong> Economic and Social Thought in the 20 th Century <br />

D. Barjot, J. Grondeux <br />

The major developments <strong>of</strong> economic and social thought. This <strong>course</strong> will study the <br />

great steps and great stakes <strong>of</strong> economic and social thought. We will examine the <br />

foundations and developments <strong>of</strong> economic liberalism; the socialist schools from <br />

Fourier to Prudhon, including Saint-­‐Simonism; Walras and marginalism; Karl Marx <br />

and his posterity; Max Weber and the German Historical School; the Keynesian <br />

Revolution; economy and society viewed from totalitarianism; monetarism and <br />

current debates. <br />

L6HI0296 – Historian <strong>of</strong> Recent Times and Historical Materials: <br />

Epistemological Analysis and Critique <strong>of</strong> Sources <br />

This <strong>course</strong>’s goal is to think about 20 th -­‐century sources in their plurality and to <br />

reflect on the positions the historian must take. We will concentrate on two themes: <br />

1) cultural life during the Occupation and 2. De Gaulle and France during the 1960s. <br />

In doing so, we will analyze the three-­‐sidedness <strong>of</strong> history: in other words, historical <br />

problematic/bibliographic diagnostic/critical apparatus <strong>of</strong> sources. <br />

<br />

63


LITERATURE <br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

L1LM11FR – Approaches to Literary Genres <br />

P. Gludes, B. Marchal <br />

• Voltaire, Candide. Ed. J. Goldzink. Paris: GF. <br />

• Musset. Lorenzaccio. Ed. Anne Hubersfseld. Paris: Le Livre de Poche. <br />

• Flaubert. Madame Bovary. Ed. Th. Laget. Paris: Folio, Gallimard. <br />

• Baudelaire. Les Fleurs du Mal. Ed. Cl. Pichois. Paris: Gallimard, coll. Poésie. <br />

L1LA01FR – French Literature <strong>of</strong> the 19 th and 20 th Centuries <br />

H. Levillain <br />

• Maupassant. Pierre et Jean. Paris: Folio classique <br />

• Gary, Romain. La Promesse de l’aube. Paris: Folio. <br />

L1LA17FR – Information/Communication: Techniques and Language <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Media <br />

F. Remucci <br />

“Media in France from the 19 th Century to Today” <br />

Introduction to theories <strong>of</strong> communication. Study <strong>of</strong> the following notions: emitter, <br />

receiver, transmission, communication, information, message, medium, milieu, and <br />

mediation. Analysis <strong>of</strong> televised programs. <br />

L1LA17FR – Information/Communication: Writing Pr<strong>of</strong>essions <br />

A. Wrona, V. Jeanne-Perrier <br />

“The 19 th Century: Birth <strong>of</strong> Mass Press, Emergence <strong>of</strong> a Pr<strong>of</strong>ession” <br />

The first half <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century; from the newspaper to journalisms. <br />

L2LA17FR – Information/Communication: Writing Pr<strong>of</strong>essions <br />

A. Wrona, V. Jeanne-­‐Perrier <br />

− The second half <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century: birth <strong>of</strong> other mass medias and the <br />

apprenticeship <strong>of</strong> journalistic competition. <br />

− 21 st century: the perpetual invention <strong>of</strong> journalism, between information and <br />

communication. <br />

<br />

64


L2LA10FR – Methodology: Documentation, Analysis, and Writing <br />

M. Murat <br />

A. Method and Documentation <br />

The <strong>course</strong> is organized according to three main axes: <br />

- Elective: the student chooses a pr<strong>of</strong>essional project that will lead to the <br />

completion <strong>of</strong> a dossier <br />

- Literary documentation: teaching to use libraries and bibliographical <br />

research <br />

- New technologies: research on the Internet, use <strong>of</strong> textual formatting <br />

B. Analysis and Writing <br />

The <strong>course</strong> is founded on the study <strong>of</strong> a text from French literature (19 th -­‐20 th <br />

centuries). It will teach the students the basic exercises <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional writing <br />

(summary, written synthesis) as well as the oral presentation. <br />

L2LM12FR – Literary Methodology <br />

M. Delon <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will furnish students pursuing literary studies with work techniques <br />

(choice <strong>of</strong> edition, note taking, annotated readings, bibliography). It will also <br />

familiarize them with the main principles <strong>of</strong> literary history (periodization, <br />

movements, genres) and initiate them to exercises <strong>of</strong> the discipline (explication, <br />

composed commentary, essay). <br />

• Crébillion. Les Egarements du coeur et de l’esprit. Ed. J. Dagen. Paris: GF. <br />

• Balzac. Le Père Goriot. <br />

L2LM13FR – Comparative Literature <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is composed <strong>of</strong> a core <strong>course</strong> (texts studied in French <strong>translations</strong>; 2 <br />

hours <strong>of</strong> lecture and 2 hours <strong>of</strong> discussion section per week) and a <strong>course</strong> in modern <br />

languages: each student chooses, among the works in the program <strong>of</strong> the core <br />

<strong>course</strong>, one that s/he will study in the original language (1 hour/week). <br />

“The Myth <strong>of</strong> Faust” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will allow students to familiarize themselves with comparative <br />

literature through the study <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> the greatest modern myths that have <br />

structured western collective consciousness: the myth <strong>of</strong> Faust, which originated <br />

from a German legend made popular in 1587 by a book by an anonymous <br />

bookseller, whose main episodes were put on stage for the first time by Christopher <br />

Marlowe (1564-­‐93). <br />

<br />

65


Core Readings: <br />

• Marlowe. Le Docteur Faustus. Ed. and Trans. François Laroque and Jean-­‐<br />

Pierre Vilquin. Paris: Flammarion (Bilingual edition) [coll GF 875]. <br />

• Goethe. Faust. Trans. Jean Amsler. Paris: Gallimard (Bilingual edition) [coll <br />

Folio Bilingue 147]. <br />

• Mann, Thomas. Le Docteur Faustus. Trans. Louise Servicen. Paris: Le Livre de <br />

Poche. <br />

• Valéry, Paul. Mon Faust. Paris: Gallimard [coll. Folio Essais 113]. <br />

L1LM11LF – Grammar and History <strong>of</strong> Language <br />

J. Gardes Tamine <br />

This <strong>course</strong> revolves around two objectives: <br />

- Review and assimilate certain pars <strong>of</strong> grammar by the definition <strong>of</strong> <br />

morphosyntactic categories (verb, noun, pronoun, etc.) and by the <br />

presentation <strong>of</strong> the minimal proposition <strong>of</strong> nominal functions; <br />

- Trace the major moments in the history <strong>of</strong> the French language from its <br />

origins to today, paying attention to the types <strong>of</strong> changes (phonetics, <br />

morphology, syntax, lexicon), and reflecting on the articulation between <br />

synchrony and diachrony. <br />

L2LM12LF – Grammar and Linguistics <br />

D. Denis <br />

This <strong>course</strong> revolves around two objectives: <br />

- Review the components <strong>of</strong> the sentence (simple and complex) and present <br />

methodically the verbal system <strong>of</strong> contemporary French <br />

- Introduce fundamental notions <strong>of</strong> linguistics (functions <strong>of</strong> language, theory <strong>of</strong> <br />

the sign, units <strong>of</strong> language, procedure and operations <strong>of</strong> linguistic analysis). <br />

L3LA02FR – Neoclassical Literature <br />

• Sévigné. Lettres. Ed. B. Raffalli. Paris: GF-­‐Flammarion. <br />

• Guilleragues. Lettres portugaises. Ed. F. Del<strong>of</strong>fre. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Montesquieu. Lettres persanes. Ed.Vernière and Volphilhac-­‐Auger. Paris: <br />

Livre de Poche. <br />

L3LM22FR – Neoclassical Literature <br />

Molière, Worldly Writer. <br />

From the mode <strong>of</strong> publication <strong>of</strong> his texts to the very content <strong>of</strong> his plays, Molière <br />

reveals himself perfectly in tune with the tastes and values <strong>of</strong> the contemporary <br />

public, that modern criticism qualifies as “worldly” [“mondain”]. By reading Le <br />

Misanthrope and Georges Dandin, we will consider the consequences <strong>of</strong> taking into <br />

account this concept as it affects the interpretation <strong>of</strong> the greatest French <br />

playwright’s works. <br />

<br />

66


• Beaumarchais. Le Barbier de Séville, Le Mariage de Figaro. Paris: Livre de <br />

poche; or any other edition. <br />

L3LM24FR – French Literary Criticism in the 19 th and 20 th Centuries <br />

M. Jarrety <br />

The critical relationship: history, theories, methods, and practices. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> presents the critical theories from the 19 th and 20 th centuries, and <br />

studies particularly the established relationship between the reader and the author. <br />

In the discussion section, students will give presentations on the great texts <strong>of</strong> <br />

literary criticism from this time period. <br />

L3LA26FR – Information/Communication: Audiovisual Creation <br />

Sophie Basch <br />

Film History. Introduction to film analysis. Film genres. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the outdoor, festival origins <strong>of</strong> film and will stress the <br />

cinematic works that have come from this tradition, illustrating the heroic age, not <br />

only in film but also in the performing arts: circus, pantomime, café-­‐concert. <br />

Numerous viewings <strong>of</strong> extracts <strong>of</strong> silent and spoken films will accompany the <br />

<strong>course</strong>. <br />

L4LA20FR – Literature and Culture <br />

J.-­‐F. Louette <br />

• Bildungsroman, Political novels. <br />

• Stendhal. Luien Leuwen. Ed. Michel Crouzet. Paris: Livre de poche classique. <br />

• Drieu la Rochelle. Le Feu follet. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Sartre. L’enfance d’un chef. In Le Mur. Paris: Folio. <br />

L4LM21FR – Literature <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages and the Renaissance <br />

Cl. Blum, R. Trachsler <br />

By reading two major works <strong>of</strong> French literature, this <strong>course</strong> will analyze the novel, <br />

a genre that today is considered to go without saying, but that, in the Middle Ages <br />

and the 16 th century, represented a new type <strong>of</strong> writing. The parallel between <br />

Floriant et Florete, an Arthurian novel from the Middle Ages, and Rabelais’ <br />

Pantagruel, will allow us to measure both the presence <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages in the <br />

Renaissance and the essential changes that the reappropriation <strong>of</strong> Antiquity brought <br />

around 1500. <br />

• Floriant et Florete. Ed. and trans. Annie Combes and Richard Trachsler. Paris: <br />

Champion, 2003. <br />

• Rabelais, François. Pantagruel. Ed. Françoise Joukovsky. Paris: GF-­‐<br />

Flammarion. <br />

<br />

67


L4LM23FR – Comparative Literature <br />

F. Lecercle <br />

“Violence in the theater” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will question the forms and impact <strong>of</strong> violence, in plays from Antiquity <br />

to today. The corpus <strong>of</strong> texts include one <strong>of</strong> Shakespeare’s most violent plays, two <br />

recent plays, one <strong>English</strong> from 1995 the other German (an adaptation <strong>of</strong> Titus <br />

Andronicus) from 2005, as well as Seneca’s Medea (some other examples <strong>of</strong> <br />

infanticide will be studied as well). As the subject indicates, we will spend particular <br />

attention to the staging <strong>of</strong> the plays. <br />

• Shakespeare, Titus Andronicus. Trans. A Markowicz. <br />

• Kane, Sarah. Anénantis [Blasted]. Ed. L’Arche. <br />

• Strauss, Botho. Viol [Schändung]. Ed. L’Arche. <br />

• Seneca. Médée. Ed. Rivages. <br />

L4LM25FR – Travel Literature <br />

F. Lestringant <br />

Real and Imaginary Travels (16 th -­‐18 th centuries): <br />

• Jean de Léry. Histoire d’un voyage faict en la terre du Brésil. 1580. Paris: LGF, <br />

1994. Ch. 6-­‐22. <br />

• Michel de Montaigne. Les Essais. I, 31, “Des Cannibales;” III, 6, “Des coches.” <br />

Advised edition: Le Brésil de Montaigne. Le Nouveau Monde des “Essais”. <br />

Paris: Ed. Chandeigne, 2005. <br />

• Diderot. Supplément au Voyage de Bougainville. Ed. M. Delon. Paris: Folio <br />

classique, 2002. <br />

L4LA28FR – Stakes <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary World <br />

S. Basch <br />

Writing after Auschwitz: The Duty <strong>of</strong> Witness and Memory. <br />

Studied Works: <br />

• Antelme, Robert. L’Espèce humaine. Paris: Gallimard, coll. Tel, 1957. <br />

• Delbo, Charlotte. Auschwitz et après. Paris: Minuit, 1970. vol. 1: Aucun de <br />

nous ne reviendra; vol. 2: Une connaissance inutile; vol. 3: Mesure de nos <br />

jours. <br />

• Levi, Primo. Si c’est un homme. Julliard, 1987. <br />

• Wiesel, Elie. La Nuit. Paris: Minuit, 1957. <br />

• Semprun, Jorge. L’Ecriture ou la vie. Gallimard, Folio, 1994. <br />

• Resnais, Alain and Jean Cayrol. Nuit et brouillard. <br />

<br />

68


L3LM31LF – Stylistics and Grammar <br />

G. Moliné <br />

This <strong>course</strong>’s aim is to introduce students to stylistic analysis <strong>of</strong> dis<strong>course</strong>s, notably <br />

for the wide field <strong>of</strong> general linguistic constituents and for the specialized domain <strong>of</strong> <br />

figured systems. We will focus particularly on the lexicon and on figures. In a <br />

parallel fashion, in a grammar <strong>course</strong>, we will also reinforce elementary knowledge <br />

about verbs and the subordinate phenomenon. <br />

N.B. This <strong>course</strong> is not intended for non-Francophone speakers: it requires a <br />

previous mastering <strong>of</strong> the French language. <br />

L4LM42LF – Comparative Linguistics <strong>of</strong> Modern Languages <br />

A. Thibault <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will first approach a typology <strong>of</strong> language from a genetic point <strong>of</strong> view <br />

(centered on the group <strong>of</strong> Indo-­‐European languages first, then more precisely <br />

Romanic languages), which will <strong>of</strong>fer us the opportunity to present comparative <br />

grammar. We will then study a typology <strong>of</strong> different statuses <strong>of</strong> language from an <br />

external point <strong>of</strong> view (historical, geographical, political, cultural, and sociological). <br />

We will follow this study with the internal linguistic typology, illustrated by <br />

numerous languages (French, <strong>English</strong>, Spanish, German, Catalan, Portuguese, Creole, <br />

Latin, etc.): phonetic and phonological traits; morphological traits (fusional, <br />

agglutinant, and isolant tendencies; internal and external flexion; allomorphy, <br />

amalgams, and discontinued signifiers; supplentism; analytics and synthetics in a <br />

diachronic perspective). The last sessions will be dedicated to the concepts <strong>of</strong> sabir, <br />

lingua franca, pidgin and Creole, then to problems raised by the concept <strong>of</strong> slang. <br />

L3LM61LF – Linguistic Theories <br />

C. Corblin and O. Bonami <br />

Actual Approaches to syntax and semantics. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to actual approaches to syntax and semantics, <br />

concentrating on the French language. It aims to introduce concepts and methods, to <br />

structure the students’ ability to analyze and to open their minds to the <br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> actual approaches to language. <br />

In syntax, we will study the architecture <strong>of</strong> several important grammatical <br />

formalisms and the treatment <strong>of</strong> problems in different theories: structures <strong>of</strong> <br />

constituents, sub-­‐categories, relations between sentences. <br />

In semantics, the <strong>course</strong> introduces some essential elements for the analysis <strong>of</strong> <br />

meaning, and in particular some tools taken from logic (logic <strong>of</strong> propositions and <br />

logic <strong>of</strong> predicates), whose virtues and limitations we will study for the analysis <strong>of</strong> <br />

natural languages. <br />

<br />

69


LICENCE 3 <br />

FRENCH AND COMPARATIVE LITERATURE <br />

L5LA03FR – Literature, Ideas, Arts <br />

P. Frantz and B. Marchal <br />

Literature and painting, Theater and Painting. <br />

• Diderot. Le Fils naturel. Gallimard-­‐Flammarion. <br />

• Entretiens sur le fils naturel. Gallimard-­‐Flammarion. <br />

• Salon de 1765. Hermann. Or Oeuvres completes. Vol. 4. Ed. Versini. Bouquins. <br />

• Zola. L’oeuvre. Ed. H. Mitterand. Folio classique. <br />

L5LM84FR – French Literature <strong>of</strong> the 19 th and 20 th Centuries <br />

S. Basch, P. Glaudes <br />

• Baudelaire. Les Fleurs du mal. Ed. Jacques Dupont. Flammarion, GF. <br />

• Giraudoux, Jean. Siegfried et le Limousin. 1922. ed. Grasset, “Les Cahiers <br />

rouges.” <br />

L5LM87FR – Francophone Literatures <br />

B. Chikhi <br />

Francophone literatures <strong>of</strong> Europe, America, and Africa. <br />

• Ramuz, Charles-­‐Ferdinand. La grande peur dans la montagne. Grasset. <br />

• Aquin, Hubert. Prochain episode. Folio. <br />

• Condé, Maryse. Ségou I. Laffont. <br />

• Yacine, Kateb. Le Cercle des représailles. Seuil. <br />

• Monénembo, Tierno. Les Ecailles du ciel. Seuil. <br />

L5LM82FR – Aspects <strong>of</strong> Literature from the Renaissance to Today <br />

Cl. Blum <br />

Writing the self. Starting with some essays by Montaigne and the six first books <strong>of</strong> <br />

the Confessions, this <strong>course</strong> and the discussion sections will reflect on the <br />

anthropological and cultural conditions that allowed for the emergence <strong>of</strong> such <br />

enterprises and the consequences that the project <strong>of</strong> writing the self introduces on <br />

the text and its reception. <br />

• Montaigne. Essais. III, 7-­‐13. Ed. Villey. PUF. <br />

• Rousseau. Les Confessions. Books 1-­‐6. Livre de poche classique. <br />

<br />

70


L6LA05FR – Literature and Society <br />

H. Levillain and F. Mélonio <br />

Literary Representation <strong>of</strong> the People, 19 th -­‐20 th Centuries. <br />

• Michelet. Le Peuple. GF. <br />

• Hugo. Quatre-­‐vingt-­‐treize. GF. <br />

• Céline. Voyage au bout de la nuit. Folio. <br />

• Camus. Le premier homme. Folio. <br />

L6LM32FR – French Literature <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages and the Renaisance. <br />

D. Boutet, F. Lestringant <br />

Initiation to Love in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. <br />

• Guillaume de Lorris. Le Roman de la Rose. Flammarion, GF [1003]. <br />

• Marot, Clément. Les Epîtres in Oeuvres completes I. Ed. F. Rigolot. Paris: GF-­‐<br />

Flammarion, 2007. <br />

• Course pack. <br />

L6LM33FR – General Literature <br />

D. Alexandre <br />

The definition <strong>of</strong> lyricism in 20 th -­‐century literary theory: we will examine the <br />

questions <strong>of</strong> lyricism and the expression <strong>of</strong> feelings, <strong>of</strong> lyricism and emotion, <strong>of</strong> <br />

lyricism and reality, <strong>of</strong> lyricism and enunciation, <strong>of</strong> lyricism and dialogism, <strong>of</strong> <br />

lyricism and song. <br />

• Apollinaire, Guillaume. Alcools, poèmes 1898-­‐1913. Poésie-­‐Gallimard. <br />

• Reverdy, Pierre. Sable mouvant, La liberté des mers, and other poems in <br />

Cette emotion appelée poésie. Poésie-­‐Gallimard. <br />

• Jaccottet, Philippe. Poésie (1946-­‐1967). Poésie-­‐Gallimard. <br />

• A la lumière d’hiver, preceded by Leçons, Chants d’en bas. Poésie-­‐Gallimard. <br />

• Guillevic. Art poétique, preceded by Paroi and followed by Le Chant. Poésie-­‐<br />

Gallimard. <br />

L6LM34FR – French Literature <strong>of</strong> the 19 th and 20 th Centuries <br />

M. Jarrety, D. Guénoun <br />

• Lamartine. Méditations poétiques. Ed. Aurélie Loiseleur. Le Livre de poche, <br />

2006. <br />

• Musset. Premières poésies et poésies nouvelles (1835-­‐1840). Ed. Frank <br />

Lestringant. Le Livre de poche, 2006. <br />

• Claudel. Le Soulier de satin. Ed. M. Autrand. Folio-­‐Théâtre 41. NB – Students <br />

must use this edition. <br />

<br />

71


L6LM35FR – French Literature <strong>of</strong> the 17 th and 18 th Centuries <br />

G. Forestier, S. Menant. <br />

• The Discovery <strong>of</strong> Tragicomedy. <br />

• Scudéry. Le Prince déguisé. <br />

• Corneille. Le Cid. <br />

• Rotrou. Venceslas. <br />

• Voltaire. Le Siècle de Louis XIV. Ed. J. Hallegouarc’h and S. Menant. Livre de <br />

poche clasique, 2005. <br />

L6LM36FR – Neoclassical and Modern French Literature <br />

P. Dandry <br />

The (dis)order <strong>of</strong> the text. Starting with three literary texts with unstable status and <br />

puzzling structure, we will attempt to find the nature and effects <strong>of</strong> a poetics <strong>of</strong> <br />

incoherence, abound in meaning, suggestions, and importance. <br />

• Montaigne. “Des Coches.” Essais, III. <br />

• Cyrano de Bergerac. L’Autre monde (Etats et empires de la lune et du soleil. <br />

Ed. J. Prévost. Gallimard, Folio. <br />

• Gide. Les Faux-­‐monnayeurs and Les Journal des “Faux-­‐monnayeurs. <br />

L6LA06FR – Literature and Film <br />

J.-­‐L. Jeannelle <br />

From the 1920s to the 1980s, film and literature have maintained close <br />

relationships <strong>of</strong> interdependence. We will analyze the different stages <strong>of</strong> this <br />

history: the very free experimentations <strong>of</strong> the first decades <strong>of</strong> cinema, the case <strong>of</strong> <br />

double author competence, the central place occupied by the screenplay writers <br />

during the “classical age <strong>of</strong> French cinema,” the importance given to the practice <strong>of</strong> <br />

adaptation, the changes that the romantic genre underwent under the influence <strong>of</strong> <br />

the “seventh art,” and finally the “New cinema” <strong>of</strong> Resnais, Duras, or Robbe-­‐Grillet. <br />

We will finish with a reflection on the breathlessness <strong>of</strong> this rapport <strong>of</strong> collaboration <br />

between literature and film. <br />

L6LM88FR – Ancient Heritage and Modern Literature <br />

D. Millet <br />

Liturgical inspiration in poetry and theater. <br />

1) Latin texts: <br />

• Pervigilium Veneris (La Vallée de Vénus). Ed. R. Schilling. Les Belles Lettres, <br />

2003 (coll. Des Universités de France). <br />

• L’Abbaye de Benediktbeuern. Ludus de Nativitate. Ed. K. Young, distributed <br />

to students. <br />

<br />

72


• Balde, Jacob. Choix de poèmes lyrique. Ed. Andrée Thill. Université de Haute-­‐<br />

Alsace, Centre de recherches d’études rhénanes, 1981. All poems from <br />

Enthusiasmus in coemeterio, p. 24-­‐53. <br />

2) French texts <br />

• Claudel, Paul. L’Annonce faite à Marie. Final version for the stage. Ed. M. <br />

Autrand. Folio-­‐théâtre, 1993. <br />

• Saurès, André. Antiennes du Paraclet. Rougerie, 1976. <br />

L5LA07FR/L6LA07FR – Introduction to Constitutional and Administrative Law <br />

M. Doridou <br />

- Constitutional law and political institutions: presentation <strong>of</strong> the Law and the <br />

<strong>of</strong> the State; general organization <strong>of</strong> power; constitutions, types <strong>of</strong> political <br />

regimes, functioning <strong>of</strong> the democratic regime; French constitutional <br />

experience – establishment <strong>of</strong> large institutions: different regimes and <br />

different constitutions since 1789; current French institutions: establishment <br />

<strong>of</strong> the Fifth Republic, general characteristics and evolution <strong>of</strong> the constitution <br />

<strong>of</strong> 1958, the different powers and institutions; incidences <strong>of</strong> development <strong>of</strong> <br />

European institutions. <br />

- Administrative law and institutions: the French system <strong>of</strong> administrative law; <br />

structures <strong>of</strong> administration: authorities and organization <strong>of</strong> state services <br />

and territorial collectivities; means and action <strong>of</strong> the administration: acts, <br />

human resources, financial and heritage means, management techniques, <br />

administrative police, public service performance, sectors <strong>of</strong> activity; <br />

administrative justice and the responsibility <strong>of</strong> the administration. <br />

L5LA08FR/L6LA08FR – Introduction to Economic Concepts <br />

A. Barry <br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to give students the necessary tools to understand the <br />

problems <strong>of</strong> the political economy. Subject and method <strong>of</strong> the economy; agents and <br />

economic activities; the regulation <strong>of</strong> the economy: interaction between agents in <br />

the framework <strong>of</strong> perfect competition as well as in the case <strong>of</strong> the imperfection <strong>of</strong> <br />

markets and opportunity for the intervention <strong>of</strong> the state to resolve market failures; <br />

financing <strong>of</strong> the economy: notions <strong>of</strong> currency, means <strong>of</strong> financing the economy; <br />

international opening and its stakes; examples <strong>of</strong> economic dysfunction: <br />

unemployment and inflation. <br />

L5LA09FR/L6LA09FR – Anglo-American Film <br />

M. Etcheverry <br />

1 st Semester: From the page to the screen: cinematic adaptation <strong>of</strong> literary works in <br />

contemporary Anglophone cinema. The <strong>course</strong> will be held in <strong>English</strong>, work in <br />

discussion sections on a corpus <strong>of</strong> works (films and books) given at the beginning <strong>of</strong> <br />

the semester. <br />

<br />

73


Recommended reading: <br />

• McFarlane, Brian. Novel to Film: An Introduction to the Theory <strong>of</strong> Adaptation. <br />

Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1996. <br />

2 nd Semester: from neo-­‐Noir to criminal film, construction and deconstruction <strong>of</strong> the <br />

police narrative in contemporary Hollywood cinema. The <strong>course</strong> will be held in <br />

<strong>English</strong>, work in discussion sections on a corpus <strong>of</strong> films distributed at the beginning <br />

<strong>of</strong> the semester. <br />

L6LA…….FR – Literature and Folklore <br />

Richard Trachsler <br />

History <strong>of</strong> Werewolves (12 th -­‐20 th centuries). <br />

In this <strong>course</strong>, we will follow the figure <strong>of</strong> the werewolf in French literature from the <br />

lay (poem) Bisclaveret by the poet Marie de France (around 1170) to L’Homme à <br />

l’envers from the author <strong>of</strong> police novels Fred Vargas (1999). Sometimes a <br />

superman, sometimes sub-­‐human, sometimes “real” and at other times imaginary, <br />

the werewolf evolves throughout history. <br />

• Vargas, Fred. L’Homme à l’envers. <br />

• Marie de France. Bisclaveret. In Lais féeriques du Moyen Age. Ed. A. Micha. <br />

Paris: Flammarion, 1992. <br />

L5LMCIFR – Cinema <strong>of</strong> the Real: The Documentary <br />

J.-­‐L. Jeannelle <br />

This <strong>course</strong> concentrates on the history <strong>of</strong> the documentary, whose major stages <br />

and founding works we will study. We will watch and comment on a selection <strong>of</strong> <br />

extracts in order to find the theoretical, technical, aesthetic, and ideological <br />

questions that the “cinema <strong>of</strong> the real” raises. During the second half <strong>of</strong> the <br />

semester, each student will present a documentary (chosen among a list <strong>of</strong> <br />

representative films) and will analyze the most revealing scenes. Each student will <br />

also remain informed <strong>of</strong> topical documentaries (some new releases will be <br />

discussed in groups). <br />

COURSES IN FRENCH LANGUAGE <br />

L5LM11LF/L5LM13LF – Study <strong>of</strong> Neoclassical, Modern, and Contemporary <br />

French I <br />

F. Berlan <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to give students a clear view <strong>of</strong> the grammatical system <strong>of</strong> French <br />

and the ways in which style relies on the units <strong>of</strong> the language to construct the text. <br />

The chosen works will be taken from neoclassical, modern, and contemporary <br />

<br />

74


literature, and the diachronic dimension will be taken into account in its relation to <br />

synchrony, the place <strong>of</strong> description <strong>of</strong> the units and <strong>of</strong> linguistic mechanisms. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Voltaire. Contes (“Cosi-­‐Sancta,” “Micromégas,” “Histoire des voyages de <br />

Scarmentado,” “Jeannot et Colin.”). in Zadig et autres contes. Ed. Frédéric <br />

Del<strong>of</strong>fre and Jacques Van den Heuvel. Folio Gallimard [2347]. <br />

Grammar: <br />

1. Denomination: proper and common nouns <br />

2. Presentative constructions: impersonal constructions, emphasis <br />

• Baudelaire. Les fleurs du mal. <br />

Grammar: <br />

1. Impersonal verb forms <br />

2. Apposition, apostrophe, complements <br />

L5LM21LF/L5LM23LF – History <strong>of</strong> the French Language: Middle Ages and <br />

Renaissance I <br />

Mme J. Ducos <br />

This <strong>course</strong> combines the study <strong>of</strong> medieval French with Renaissance French, a <br />

particularly rich period for the history and codification <strong>of</strong> the language. This <strong>course</strong> <br />

will show the slow development <strong>of</strong> French, its fundamental traits and <br />

transformations found within texts, one from the 12-­‐13 th century and the other from <br />

the 16 th century. <br />

The synchronic study <strong>of</strong> Old French makes way for the understanding <strong>of</strong> the <br />

linguistic system <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages and to see how it implicates itself in the <br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the linguistic system <strong>of</strong> French in its four components (phonetics, <br />

morphology, syntax, and vocabulary). This study is complemented with the <br />

translation <strong>of</strong> a text (12-­‐13 th century). <br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the Renaissance text allows to measure the grammatical and graphic <br />

transformations <strong>of</strong> the language to which is added the acquisition <strong>of</strong> a stylistic <br />

methodology to understand and analyze the texts <strong>of</strong> this period. <br />

For beginners, two discussion sections are open and a workshop in Old French is <br />

organized during the last week <strong>of</strong> September. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Old French: Aucassin et Nicolette. Ed. M. Roques. Champion (CFMA), 20-­‐40. <br />

• 16 th Century: Scève, Maurice. Délie. Ed. Eugène Parturier. STFM. <br />

L5LM31LF/L5LM33LF – French Linguistics <br />

M. Soutet <br />

Course on morpho-­‐phonology (M. Cahné) <br />

<br />

75


This <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers a definition <strong>of</strong> phonology in relation to phonetics and a <br />

description <strong>of</strong> the phonological system <strong>of</strong> modern French. Of functionalist and <br />

Guillaumien inspiration, this <strong>course</strong> extends its description to the morphology <strong>of</strong> <br />

modern French, following the same principles that guided the phonological <br />

approach. <br />

Course on Grammatical semantics and syntax (M. Soutet) <br />

The Modalities: <br />

I. Modality, mode: 1. concepts on the border <strong>of</strong> logic and linguistics; 2. <br />

notion <strong>of</strong> speech act <br />

II. Modality and enunciation: 1. assertive modality; 2. injunctive modality; 3. <br />

interrogative modality; 4. two problematic modalities; 5. reported speech <br />

III. Modality and adverbs: 1. adverb and parts <strong>of</strong> language; 2. constituent <br />

adverbs and sentence adverbs; 3. the sub-­‐categories <strong>of</strong> sentence adverbs <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Guimier, C. Les adverbs en français. Gap: Opyrys. <br />

• Martin, R. Langage et croyance. Bruxelles: Mardaga. <br />

• Moignet, G. Systématique de la langue française. Paris: Klincksieck. <br />

• Soutet, O. Linguistique. Paris: PUF. <br />

• Wilmet, M. Grammaire critique du français. Bruxelles: Duculot. <br />

L5LM51LF/L5LM53LF – Rhetoric and Stylistics <br />

D. Denis <br />

This <strong>course</strong> includes a general presentation <strong>of</strong> disciplinary rhetoric between a <br />

rhetorical approach and stylistic analysis <strong>of</strong> literary texts. Very early part <strong>of</strong> western <br />

thinking, we will examine dialogue from two points <strong>of</strong> view: <br />

- First, its history: foundational texts from Antiquity to the modern “New <br />

Rhetoric,” up to the most recent developments <strong>of</strong> pragmatics, attentive to the <br />

value <strong>of</strong> the act <strong>of</strong> all enunciation, its implications and its effects; <br />

- In the methodical examination <strong>of</strong> its essential notions, and its critical <br />

postulates: places <strong>of</strong> invention, persuasive strategies, images <strong>of</strong> the self in <br />

dis<strong>course</strong>, status <strong>of</strong> style, definitions <strong>of</strong> genres and “speech contracts” that <br />

organize the practice and theory <strong>of</strong> verbal communication. <br />

L5LM81LF/L5LM83LF – Linguistic Meaning and Theories <br />

F. Corbin <br />

This <strong>course</strong> introduces some contemporary linguistic models that take the meaning <br />

and the relations <strong>of</strong> language to dis<strong>course</strong> as its subject. The empirical database <br />

taken from French (anaphora, nominal determination, negation, modality, temporal <br />

markers, discursive connectors), will allow us to learn the different systems and <br />

concepts developed for the representation <strong>of</strong> meaning and its elaboration in context. <br />

We will pay special attention to actual approaches <strong>of</strong> the representation <strong>of</strong> <br />

dis<strong>course</strong>. <br />

<br />

76


L5FL90LF/L5SL90LF – General Comparative Linguistics <br />

A. Lemaréchal <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is above all a general presentation <strong>of</strong> major syntactic phenomena, <strong>of</strong> the <br />

operational tools <strong>of</strong> syntax, as well as a certain number <strong>of</strong> theories and models used <br />

for some problems <strong>of</strong> general syntax: the distribution <strong>of</strong> discursive parts and the <br />

categories, the determination and construction <strong>of</strong> terms, the phenomena <strong>of</strong> valence <br />

and actance (actants and arguments, etc.), subordination. <br />

L5LMPOLF – Workshop on Poetic Writing I <br />

G. Berthomieu <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is reserved for 3 rd -­‐year students, but can welcome, space permitting, <br />

students from higher levels. This workshop on poetic writing during the first <br />

semester is led by the writer Lionel Rey, with the collaboration <strong>of</strong> Gérard <br />

Berthomieu. There are 8 class meetings <strong>of</strong> two hours (Tuesday, 17h-­‐19h, in the <br />

library <strong>of</strong> the French Language Department). This workshop is dedicated to the <br />

discovery <strong>of</strong> current movements <strong>of</strong> poetry in French, to the reading <strong>of</strong> some <br />

representative works, and, starting with exercises on open or assigned topics, to the <br />

composition <strong>of</strong> poems, the best one being published in a Sillage. <br />

L5LMROLF – Workshop on Fiction Writing <br />

D. Barberis <br />

This workshop is led by a teacher who is also a writer. In these sessions <strong>of</strong> two <br />

hours each, the participants will write and refine their practice <strong>of</strong> fictional prose. <br />

Extracts <strong>of</strong> works will be used as a starting point as well as an opportunity for an <br />

extension <strong>of</strong> personal reflection. The discovery <strong>of</strong> some contemporary writers will <br />

be used as complement for work. The goal is to enrich each student’s palette and to <br />

give her/him the opportunity to read her/his texts in front <strong>of</strong> the group. The work – <br />

and <strong>of</strong> <strong>course</strong>, the reworking – can be pursued outside <strong>of</strong> the workshop. <br />

The exercises are not graded, but validation depends on attendance and completion <br />

<strong>of</strong> assignments. <br />

L5LMSELF – Workshop on Comparative Literary Semiotics <br />

M. Vallespir <br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> this workshop is to develop tools for in-­‐depth analysis <strong>of</strong> the relations <br />

between the arts, paying particular attention to the effect produced by these works, <br />

without succumbing to an “impressionistic” approach, which is the first pitfall <strong>of</strong> this <br />

type <strong>of</strong> approach. This comparative detour will allow in fine to better target the <br />

specificities <strong>of</strong> verbal art. <br />

<br />

77


L6LM22LF/L6LM24LF – History <strong>of</strong> French Language: Middle Ages and <br />

Renaissance II <br />

M. Huchon <br />

This <strong>course</strong> associates the study <strong>of</strong> language at the end <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages to an <br />

introduction to language and styles <strong>of</strong> the Renaissance, a particularly rich period for <br />

history and the codification <strong>of</strong> French. In the perspective <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> French <br />

language, this <strong>course</strong> will allow for understanding <strong>of</strong> the internal and external <br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> a linguistic system in all its components. <br />

The synchronic study <strong>of</strong> Middle French is centered on the four components <strong>of</strong> <br />

language (phonetics, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary). The diachronic study <br />

will allow for the understanding <strong>of</strong> its origin and evolution. The study <strong>of</strong> a prose text <br />

from the Renaissance will allow us to analyze the specific stylistic means <strong>of</strong> this <br />

genre and to deepen our linguistic approach to this field. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Middle French: De La Sale, Antoine. Jehan de Saintre. Ed. J. Misrahi and C.A. <br />

Knudson. Droz (TLF), 243-­‐63. <br />

• 16 th century: Navarre, Marguerite de. L’Heptaméron. Ed. Nicole Cazauran. <br />

Paris: Gallimard. “Prologue” and First Two Days (pp. 55-­‐249). <br />

L6LM32LF/L6LM34LF – Literary and Critical Linguistics <br />

P. Cahné <br />

Literary criticism has historically taken its principles <strong>of</strong> analysis from both language <br />

and social sciences; history, sociology, psychology, psychoanalysis, general <br />

aesthetics, among the social sciences, have lent their categories to criticism’s <br />

hermeneutics. In regard to general grammar and rhetoric, these disciplines have <br />

been inscribed in the same study <strong>of</strong> literary texts. General grammar, as it developed <br />

in the 20 th century under the term “linguistics,” was also solicited by criticism, <strong>of</strong>ten <br />

with indiscretion and clumsiness, and at other times with efficiency and clarity. This <br />

<strong>course</strong> aims to describe the heuristic value <strong>of</strong> dialogue between literary criticism <br />

and linguistics. <br />

L6LM52LF/L6LM54LF – Lexicology, Lexicography <br />

F. Berlan <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is divided into two parts: lexical semantics and lexical morphology. It is <br />

intended for students who wish to think about words and meanings. While it is not <br />

necessary to have preexisting knowledge <strong>of</strong> Latin and Old French, this <strong>course</strong> will <br />

deal with a synchronic description <strong>of</strong> the French vocabulary, which does not exclude <br />

the taking into account <strong>of</strong> history when the diachronic component turns out to be <br />

necessary to elucidate morphology or semantics. Lexicology has been thought for <br />

too long to be secondary in the face <strong>of</strong> syntax to which it is nevertheless united by <br />

many links; yet, lexicology represents a privileged point <strong>of</strong> observation for the <br />

linguistic economy and it has, moreover, the advantage <strong>of</strong> being the space par <br />

<br />

78


excellence where language is in contact with which it is not, <strong>of</strong> which it speaks, and <br />

that encyclopedias reflect. Social, cultural, ideological images, and the history <strong>of</strong> <br />

ideas are available to us via the words they use. <br />

L6SL13FL/L6SL15LF – Diversity <strong>of</strong> Languages and Typology <br />

A. Lemaréchal <br />

The lecture will address morphosyntactic typology and the diversity <strong>of</strong> the language <br />

systems throughout the world; presentation <strong>of</strong> the typology; linguistic universals <br />

and typology. Some syntactic phenomena will be studied through different types <strong>of</strong> <br />

language in contrast to French (such as nominal determination, verbo-­‐nominal <br />

opposition, actance, the relative, etc.). NB: no knowledge other than French is <br />

required. <br />

L6LM62LF/L6LM64LF – The French-Speaking World and Variety <strong>of</strong> French <br />

A. Thibault <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will present the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> diatopic variation in French, first in <br />

France, then in the different parts <strong>of</strong> the French-­‐speaking world (Europe, North <br />

America, Africa, etc.). We will pay special attention to the study <strong>of</strong> main reference <br />

works (above all lexicons). For each Francophone subgroup, we will analyze <br />

diatopism diachronically (archaisms, dialectalism, borrowed words, neologisms) <br />

and synchronically (phonetic, phonologic, morphologic, syntactic, lexical <br />

particularities; regionalisms <strong>of</strong> status and frequency). Further, certain <br />

sociolinguistic aspects will make their way into the <strong>course</strong> (typology <strong>of</strong> the different <br />

statuses <strong>of</strong> French in the French-­‐speaking world, from historical, demographic, and <br />

legislative points <strong>of</strong> view; bilingualism and diglossia; concepts <strong>of</strong> basilect, mesolect, <br />

acrolect; the problem <strong>of</strong> “linguistic legitimacy” <strong>of</strong> regional and national French(es). <br />

L6LMPOLF – Workshop on Poetic Writing <br />

Catherine Fromilhague <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is led by Catherine Fromilhague and Jean-­‐Pierre Lemaire (post-­secondary<br />

preparatory school teacher at Henri IV High School; last collection <strong>of</strong> <br />

poetry: L’Intérieur du monde, 2002, Ed. Cheyne). The workshop is open to students <br />

who want to share an experience in writing poetry whether they have experience <br />

writing poetry or not. Some <strong>of</strong> the subjects grappled with in the workshop are: <br />

speed (in the manner <strong>of</strong> the Futurists), poem created from an incipit (“Quelqu’un a <br />

ôté la pierre…” by Lorand Gaspar), modern rewriting <strong>of</strong> a myth (Orpheus, the <br />

Phoenix), poetic translation <strong>of</strong> a painting (Nicolas de Staël, Botero, Hopper), <br />

distanced self portrait (erasing I), imaginary definitions <strong>of</strong> rare words (in the <br />

manner <strong>of</strong> the surrealists: “hémine,” “gerboise”), prose poem. <br />

L6LMNOLFLF – Workshop on Writing Novellas <br />

F. Rullier-­‐Theuret <br />

<br />

79


By first reading some texts, we will quickly find constitutive characteristics <strong>of</strong> the <br />

novella, and we will reflect on the notion <strong>of</strong> fiction. The first objective will be to <br />

write a complete text based on an imposed theme. The students will transform an <br />

explanatory text into a narrative text, and they will overcome the blank page by all <br />

types <strong>of</strong> means. The re<strong>course</strong> to round table discussions will enrich the narrative <br />

elements and will question the originality <strong>of</strong> the proposals. The second objective is <br />

to learn how to edit and improve the students’ writings by finding technical <br />

difficulties, reworking the narrative construction, pointing out awkwardness and <br />

proposing means to improve style. We will realize the demands in relation to one’s <br />

own productions and the necessity to have critical distance in front <strong>of</strong> what one <br />

writes. <br />

L6LMTSLF – Workshop: Books, Readings, and Reception <br />

A. Ngô-­‐Réach <br />

Through a historical study <strong>of</strong> production, distribution, and reception <strong>of</strong> the literary <br />

utterance, from the Middle Ages to the electronic age, we will ask ourselves how a <br />

text is conditioned by its medium, which is itself a reflection <strong>of</strong> the evolution <strong>of</strong> <br />

society, the practices <strong>of</strong> reading and the various images <strong>of</strong> the book-­‐object in <br />

Western civilization. The workshop will question in particular the movement from a <br />

text, in all its lively multiplicity, to the printed book and to the effects that result. <br />

With an epistemological reflection on the status <strong>of</strong> the written word and its <br />

transmission, we will explore the notions that result from the history <strong>of</strong> the text <br />

(copies, variations, reprints). We will put the problems <strong>of</strong> reading in perspective <br />

(performance and audition, collective and individual reading, silent and out loud <br />

reading; social functions <strong>of</strong> reading, relations to institutions, etc.) and those <strong>of</strong> the <br />

horizon <strong>of</strong> expectations and the aesthetics <strong>of</strong> reception. We will also discuss the <br />

question <strong>of</strong> authorial intention and the metamorphoses <strong>of</strong> literary texts in <br />

performance (writing, staging, illustrated works, etc.). <br />

PHILOSOPHY <br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

Semester 1 <br />

L1PH001H – General Philosophy: Evil <br />

M. Tavoillot <br />

What is the origin <strong>of</strong> evil? How can one free oneself from it? These questions have <br />

been a driving force in all the spiritual systems <strong>of</strong> humanity. This <strong>course</strong> will <br />

concentrate on identifying the major models to respond to these essential questions, <br />

from the mythological, theological, and philosophical systems, to the development <strong>of</strong> <br />

self-­‐assurance. <br />

<br />

80


Studied Texts: <br />

• Augustine, Confessions. <br />

• Leibniz. Essais de théodicée. Sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l’homme et <br />

l’origine du mal. <br />

• Nietzsche. Par-­‐delà le bien et le mal. <br />

General Culture: <br />

• H. Arendt. Eichmann à Jérusalem, essai sur la banalité du mal. <br />

• P. Rosenvallon. La capitalisme utopique. Paris: Ed. Seuil. <br />

L1PH002U – History <strong>of</strong> Modern Philosophy <br />

Mme. Renault <br />

Program TBA <br />

L1PH003A – History <strong>of</strong> Science <br />

M. Chareix <br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to introduce the main debates in philosophy about science <br />

beginning with elements <strong>of</strong> concrete history <strong>of</strong> science. We will also study notions <br />

like experience, induction, demarcation, mathematization, the idea <strong>of</strong> continued or <br />

discontinued progress in science. <br />

L1PH01UF – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Art <br />

M. Pouillaude <br />

What is a work <strong>of</strong> art? <br />

This introductory <strong>course</strong> to the philosophy <strong>of</strong> art intends to follow the central theme <br />

<strong>of</strong> the question <strong>of</strong> a work <strong>of</strong> art. This question is double. <br />

1. According to which criteria and which historical moments have some products <strong>of</strong> <br />

human activity ended up in distinguishing themselves from the general economy? <br />

2. According to which regimen <strong>of</strong> identification can we recognize that such a work <strong>of</strong> <br />

art be what it is and not another? We will attempt to show that these two questions <br />

are not completely dissociated. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Alain. Système des beaux arts. Paris: Gallimard, 17. <br />

• Arendt. Condition de l’homme moderne. Paris: Calmann-­‐Lévy “Pocket,” ch. 4. <br />

• Genette. L’oeuvre de l’art. Vol. 1. Paris: Seuil “Poetique.” <br />

• Goodman. Langage de l’art. Paris: Hachette Littératures, ch. 3, “Art et <br />

authenticité.” <br />

• Kant. Critique de la faculté de juger. Trans. A. Renaut. Paris: GF, 43-­‐52. <br />

<br />

81


L1PH02UF – Ethics <br />

M. Billier <br />

Moral Perfection according to Aristotle. This <strong>course</strong> will present the principles <strong>of</strong> <br />

Aristotle’s ethics, will put it in relation to other ancient modes <strong>of</strong> eudemonism, and <br />

will question the specificity <strong>of</strong> this founding example <strong>of</strong> moral perfectionism. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Aristote. Ethique à Nicomaque. (Extracts.) <br />

L1PH03UF – Political Philosophy <br />

M. Audier <br />

Program TBA <br />

L1PH06UF – History <strong>of</strong> Ancient Philosophy <br />

M. Lefebvre <br />

Introduction to Ancient Philosophy: “Pleasure: Problem <strong>of</strong> its definition and its <br />

usages in Greek philosophy.” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on pleasure in three authors <strong>of</strong> classical and Hellenistic <br />

Greek Philosophy: Plato, Aristotle, and Epicurius. <br />

L1PH07UF – History <strong>of</strong> Ancient and Medieval Philosophy <br />

M. Imbach <br />

Program TBA <br />

L1PH10UF – History <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Philosophy <br />

M. Maramasse <br />

The question <strong>of</strong> duration in the philosophy <strong>of</strong> Bergson. <br />

We will ask ourselves to what extent the Bergsonian concept <strong>of</strong> duration renews the <br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> conscience and life. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Bergson. Essai sur les données immédiates de la conscience. PUF, coll. <br />

“Quadridge.” <br />

L’évolution créatrice. PUF, coll “Quadridge.” <br />

• Robinet, A. Bergson et les metamorphoses de la durée. Seghers, 1965. <br />

• Jankélévitch. VI, Bergson. PUF, 1975. <br />

L1PH05UF – Communication <br />

M. Lauvau <br />

Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Communication <br />

<br />

82


This <strong>course</strong> will study elements <strong>of</strong> philosophical and political general culture able to <br />

understand what is called the “society <strong>of</strong> communication.” <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Ferry, Jean-­‐Marc. Philosophie de la communication. 2 vol. Cerf, “Humanités,” <br />

1994. <br />

• Habermas, Jürgen. Morales et communication. Flammarion, “Champs,” 1986. <br />

• Heannenay, Jean-­‐Noël. Une histoire des Médias. Paris: Seuil, “Points,” 1998. <br />

L1PH11UF – Introduction to Symbolic Logic <br />

M. Ludwig <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study successively the language <strong>of</strong> the logic <strong>of</strong> propositions and the <br />

language <strong>of</strong> the logic <strong>of</strong> monadic propositions. We will stress the formalization <strong>of</strong> <br />

arguments first formulated in natural language. We will study the different methods <br />

to test the validity <strong>of</strong> the forms <strong>of</strong> arguments. <br />

Semester 2 <br />

L2PH001U – General Philosophy <br />

M. Tavoillot <br />

The Individual <br />

From the metaphysical question <strong>of</strong> the individual (“individuum est ineffabile”) to <br />

democratic individualism, which link can we establish? This <strong>course</strong> will follow the <br />

fate <strong>of</strong> the idea <strong>of</strong> the individual in the different fields <strong>of</strong> the philosophical tradition. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• De Libéra, A. La querelle des universaux. Paris: Seuil. <br />

• Kant. Critique de la faculté de juger. Paris: GF. <br />

• Tocqueville. De la démocratie en Amérique. Book 2. <br />

General Culture: <br />

• Legros, R., B. Foccroulle, and T. Todorov. La naissance de l’individu dans l’art. <br />

Grasset. <br />

• Dumont, Louis. Essais sur l’individualisme. Paris: Seuil. <br />

• Renaut, A. L’individu. Hatier. <br />

L2PH002U – History <strong>of</strong> Ancient Philosophy <br />

M. Lefebvre <br />

Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Plato: “Dialogue and Dialectic.” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study Plato’s philosophy, concentrating on its nearly singular <br />

literary form, the dialogue. <br />

<br />

83


L2PH003A – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Art <br />

M. Darriulat <br />

What are aesthetics? <br />

Judging the beautiful and the ugly means, we think too <strong>of</strong>ten, to formulate an <br />

“aesthetic” evaluation. However, there are many theories on the beautiful – ideal <br />

form whose imitation is problematic, or a norm <strong>of</strong> recognition for the members <strong>of</strong> a <br />

community – that are foreign to aesthetic orientation. This <strong>course</strong> will thus define <br />

the characteristics <strong>of</strong> aesthetics that have dominated for more than two centuries in <br />

the history <strong>of</strong> art and the evolution <strong>of</strong> taste, since its foundation in the 18 th century <br />

to its reconsideration in the contemporary period. <br />

L2PH02UF – Ethics <br />

M. Billier <br />

Feelings and Reason: How does one found ethics? <br />

Do ethics rely on feelings or reason? This <strong>course</strong> will show how this question, which <br />

has lost none <strong>of</strong> its pertinence today, was, during the 18 th century, at the heart <strong>of</strong> a <br />

founding philosophical controversy for modernity. The confrontation <strong>of</strong> Hume’s <br />

thought with Kant’s will constitute the main axis for this <strong>course</strong>. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Hume. Traité de la nature humaine. Book 3. <br />

BL2PH03Uf – Political Philosophy <br />

Mme L’Heuillet <br />

The Nation and nationalism. <br />

While nation states are more and more interdependent to the point that the <br />

question about changing this political form is raised, national passions, even <br />

nationalistic ones, have not weakened. This <strong>course</strong>, dedicated to the study <strong>of</strong> the <br />

nation and nationalism, will begin with the genesis <strong>of</strong> the nation-­‐state. We will <br />

examine the tow possible foundations <strong>of</strong> it, the voluntary adhesion to a social <br />

contract or the belonging to a culture. We will show that in each case, a different <br />

conception <strong>of</strong> people, citizenship, and identity are engaged. From there, we will <br />

analyze the question <strong>of</strong> nationalism and the relationship between the nation and <br />

war (<strong>of</strong> conquest or liberation). Finally, we will question the idea <strong>of</strong> overtaking the <br />

nation-­‐state, and the new forms <strong>of</strong> national and nationalistic demands. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Fichte, Johann Gottlieb. Discours à la nation allemande. <br />

• Gellner, Ernst. Nations et nationalisme. <br />

• Habermas, Jürgen. L’intégration républicaine. <br />

Après l’État-­‐nation. <br />

<br />

84


• Herder, Johann Gottfried. Histoire des cultures, une autre philosophie de <br />

l’autre. <br />

• Renan, Ernest. Qu’est-­‐ce qu’une nation? <br />

Texts in Discussion Section: <br />

• Rousseau. Du contrat social. 1762. Paris: Gallimard, coll “Folio.” <br />

• Hegel. Principes de la philosophie du droit. 1820. Trans. J-­‐L. Vieillard-­‐Baron. <br />

Paris: Flammarion GF, III, 3, 298-­‐398. <br />

L2PH09UF – History <strong>of</strong> Modern Philosophy <br />

Mlle Renault <br />

Program TBA <br />

L1PH10UF – History <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Philosophy <br />

M. Schnell <br />

Program TBA <br />

L2PH05UF – Communication <br />

M. Ferrand <br />

The Power <strong>of</strong> the Media. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on three themes: <br />

1) Study <strong>of</strong> the representations that mass media has created since the 19 th century; <br />

2) Analysis <strong>of</strong> social links that pass through media-­‐related public speeches <br />

3) What has given the media such a large place in our lifestyles? <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• “Penser la société des medias.” Le Débat 138 and 139, 2006. <br />

• Dayan, Daniel. “Les mystères de la reception.” Le Débat 71, 1992. <br />

• Gerbner, George. “La television américaine et la violence.” Le Débat 94, 1997. <br />

• Gheude, Michel. “La reunion invisible.” Hermès 13-­‐14, 1994. <br />

• Lazar, Judith. Sociologie de la communication Paris: A. Colin, 1991. <br />

“La violence contagieuse? Représentation symbolique et réalité.” Le Débat <br />

94, 1997. <br />

• Rieffel, Rémy. Que sont les medias? Gallimard, 2005. <br />

L2PH12UF – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Science <br />

M. Puech <br />

Philosophy <strong>of</strong> contemporary science, in other words positivism, will be presented as <br />

one <strong>of</strong> the movements <strong>of</strong> contemporary philosophy, bringing new problems and <br />

new methods. <br />

<br />

85


Studied Texts: <br />

• Nadeau, Robert. Vocabulaire technique et analytique de l’épistémologie. <br />

Paris: PUF, 1999. <br />

• Laugier, Sandra, Pierre Wagner, Ed. Philosophie des sciences. Théories, <br />

expériences et methodes. Paris: Vrin, 2004 <br />

Philosophie des sciences, Naturalisme et realismes. Paris: Vrin, 2004. <br />

LICENCE 2 <br />

Semester 3 <br />

L3PH001U – General Philosophy <br />

M. Romano <br />

Man and Animal <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Aristotle. De l’âme, Le mouvement des animaux. <br />

• Darwin. L’origine des espèces. <br />

• Scheler, Max. La situation de l’homme dans le monde. <br />

• Uexkhüll, Jacob von. Mondes animaux et monde humain. <br />

• Heidegger. Les concepts fondamentaux de la métaphysique: monde-­‐finitude-­solitude.<br />

<br />

• Merleau-­‐Ponty. La nature. Cours au Collège de France. Paris: Seuil. <br />

L3PH002 – History <strong>of</strong> Ancient and Medieval Philosophy <br />

M. Imbach <br />

TBA <br />

L3PH003A – Introduction to Symbolic Logic <br />

M. Ludwig <br />

We will study the language <strong>of</strong> the logic <strong>of</strong> propositions and the language <strong>of</strong> the logic <br />

<strong>of</strong> monadic predicates, stressing the formalization <strong>of</strong> arguments, first formulated in <br />

natural language. We will also study different methods to test the validity <strong>of</strong> the <br />

forms <strong>of</strong> arguments. <br />

L3PH11UF – History <strong>of</strong> Science <br />

M. Chareix <br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to introduce the main debates in the philosophy <strong>of</strong> <br />

science, starting with elements <strong>of</strong> concrete history <strong>of</strong> science. We will study notions <br />

such as experience, induction, demarcation, mathematization, and the idea <strong>of</strong> <br />

continued or discontinued progress <strong>of</strong> the sciences. <br />

<br />

86


Semester 4 <br />

L4PH001U – General Philosophy <br />

M. Marmasse <br />

The question <strong>of</strong> substance <br />

We will ask ourselves in which condition and to what extent philosophical language <br />

manages to distinguish, among existing things, that which is true and that which is <br />

apparent. <br />

• Aristotle. Métaphysique. Book Z. Trans. J. Tricot. Paris: Vrin. <br />

Catégories. 2-­‐5. Trans. J. Tricot. Paris: Vrin. <br />

• Descartes. Les principes de la philosophie. Book I, art. 51-­‐57. Paris: Vrin. <br />

• Spinoza. L’Ethique. Book I. Trans. R. Gaillois. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Leibniz. Discours de la métaphysique. Art. 9-­‐15. Paris: Vrin. <br />

• Gilson, e. L’Etre et l’essence. Paris: Vrin. <br />

• Cournarie, L. L’existence. A. Colin. <br />

L4PH002U – History <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Philosophy <br />

M. Schnell <br />

TBA <br />

L4PH003A – Ethics <br />

M. Billier <br />

Feelings and Reason: How does one found ethics? <br />

Do ethics rely on feelings or reason? This <strong>course</strong> will show how this question, which <br />

has lost none <strong>of</strong> its pertinence today, was, during the 18 th century, at the heart <strong>of</strong> a <br />

founding philosophical controversy for modernity. The confrontation <strong>of</strong> Hume’s <br />

thought with Kant’s will constitute the main axis for this <strong>course</strong>. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Hume. Traité de la nature humaine. Book 3. <br />

LICENCE 3 <br />

Semester 5 <br />

L5PH001U – Metaphysics <br />

1. M. Romano <br />

“Action” <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

<br />

87


• Plato. République. <br />

• Aristotle. Ethique à Nicomaque. <br />

• Seneca. Lettre à Lucilius, 85. <br />

• Marx. Manuscrits. <br />

• Arendt, Hannah. Condition de l’homme moderne. <br />

2. M. Puech <br />

“The Self” <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Descartes, René. Méditions métaphysiques. <br />

• Hume, David. Traité de la nature humaine. I, iv, 6, “De l’identité personnelle.” <br />

• Heidegger, Martin. Etre et temps (Sein und Zeit). <br />

• Ricoeur, Paul. Soi même comme un autre. Paris: Seuil (Points). <br />

L5PH002U – History <strong>of</strong> Philosophy <br />

1. Ancient Philosophy <br />

M. Laks <br />

Greek ontology and its history; Permenides’ heritage until Plato. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Parmenides. Sur la nature ou sur l’étant. Trans. B. Cassin. Paris: Seuil <br />

(Points/Essais), 1998. <br />

• Dumont, J-­‐P, ed and trans. Les écoles présocratique. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Curd, Patricia. The Legacy <strong>of</strong> Parmenides, Eleatic Monism and Later <br />

Presocratic Thought. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1997. <br />

• Laks, A. Le vide et la haine. Eléments pour une histoire de la negativité <br />

archaïque. Paris: PUF, 2004. <br />

2. Late Antiquity and High Middle Ages <br />

M. Chrétien <br />

“Life in Augustine’s thought” <br />

• Augustine. Confessions, Book 7. <br />

3. Medieval <br />

Lecture: M. Imbach <br />

Group 1: Jewish Medieval Philosophy <br />

M. Schmutz <br />

Group 2: Medieval Latin Philosophy <br />

M. Schmutz <br />

<br />

88


4. Modern <br />

Melle Renault <br />

Malebranche’s cartesianism <br />

5. Contemporary <br />

M. Courtine <br />

Introduction to Husserl’s phenomenology <br />

− Les méditations cartésiennes. Trans. E. Levinas/G. Peiffer. Paris: Vrin. <br />

L5PH003U – Political Philosophy <br />

“Authority” <br />

Authority is a fundamental concept (<strong>of</strong> Roman origin) <strong>of</strong> political thought, whose <br />

major topic is the study and the questioning <strong>of</strong> the legitimacy <strong>of</strong> forms <strong>of</strong> the <br />

exercise <strong>of</strong> power within the city, and above all the exercise <strong>of</strong> the power <strong>of</strong> the <br />

state, not to mention the parents and the leaders <strong>of</strong> organization. Rousseau thus <br />

seeks the convention that can form the “basis <strong>of</strong> all legitimate authority among men” <br />

(“base de toute autorité légitime parmi les hommes”). On the one hand, we will ask <br />

ourselves whether we must distinguish “legitimate authority” and “illegitimate <br />

authority” (as is the case <strong>of</strong> “the argument <strong>of</strong> authority”) or “authoritarianism” (the <br />

“authoritarian” regimes are distinguished from liberal regimes), and, on the other <br />

hand, we will question the modern times and ask whether they were not introduced <br />

as a “crisis <strong>of</strong> authority,” as H. Arendt suggests, to the point <strong>of</strong> making it disappear. <br />

We will also question the heritage, both emancipative and perhaps corrosive, <strong>of</strong> <br />

1968. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Hobbes. Le Léviathan. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Rousseau. Le Contrat Social. Paris: Folio. <br />

• Jouvenel, Bertrand de. Du Pouvoir. Pluriel. <br />

• Renaut, Alain. La Fin de l’Autorité. Flammarion. <br />

General Culture Courses: <br />

The six sessions <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong>, obligatory for students who choose this UE, are <br />

designed to produce the necessary historical material to understand the background <br />

<strong>of</strong> the main divides in the conception <strong>of</strong> the State: <br />

1. Antiquity <br />

2. Conflicts <strong>of</strong> Authority in the Middle Ages <br />

3. Absolutism <br />

4. The crisis <strong>of</strong> political authority since the Enlightenment <br />

5. The crisis <strong>of</strong> political authority since the Enlightenment <br />

<br />

89


6. Mai 1968 <br />

The Right and the Left: The Relations between State and Society <br />

M. Renault <br />

The right/left opposition, irreducible today to the opposition <strong>of</strong> liberalism to <br />

socialism, is not a simple matter <strong>of</strong> feelings, but engages fundamental issues. On the <br />

one hand, a theory <strong>of</strong> the limits <strong>of</strong> the State, conceived as body to guarantee its <br />

citizens the possibilities <strong>of</strong> action that that are compatible with the existence <strong>of</strong> a <br />

society. On the other hand, the conviction that we must attribute to the State the <br />

capacity to furnish services and to accept, for the common good, the growth <strong>of</strong> its <br />

power <strong>of</strong> intervention in society. This <strong>course</strong> will provide the main reference points <br />

from which this divide was constructed, and we will investigate different <br />

contemporary readjustments, theorized by Rawls, Habermas or Nozick. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Rousseau. Contrat social. Paris: GF-­‐Flammarion. <br />

• Tocqueville. De la démocratie en Amérique. Vol I, Book 2; Vol II, Book 4. <br />

The six sessions <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong>, obligatory for students who choose this UE, are <br />

designed to produce the necessary historical material to understand the background <br />

<strong>of</strong> the main divides in the conception <strong>of</strong> the State: <br />

1. Revolutionary conflict between liberals and Jacobins: Condorcet and <br />

Robespierre (1789-­‐94). <br />

2. Marxist theory <strong>of</strong> the State (1841-­‐75). <br />

3. The republican idea in France, a synthesis attempt between left and right <br />

(1848-­‐1939). <br />

4. The French debate on public service (1880-­‐1930). <br />

5. Social Gaullism and the theme <strong>of</strong> participation (1946-­‐69). <br />

6. Socialism and Communism (1920-­‐90). <br />

L5PH01UF – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Art <br />

M. Darriulat <br />

“What is modern art?” <br />

For a long time, the arts, and the various “renaissances,” had for an ideal the <br />

imitation <strong>of</strong> the ancient model. It was not until the 19 th century when art openly <br />

reclaimed its “modernity:” artists claimed not only to break with the past, but above <br />

all go beyond the present and anticipate the future. The aesthetics <strong>of</strong> modernity <br />

follows an imperative <strong>of</strong> the future, which the militant “avant-­‐garde” artists <br />

reclaimed. In this <strong>course</strong>, we will study the archeology <strong>of</strong> this rupture and will recall <br />

its history. <br />

<br />

90


Studied Texts: <br />

• La Querelle des Anciens et des Modernes, preceded by an essai by Marc <br />

Fumaroli. Paris: Gallimard, 2001. <br />

• Hegel. “L’art romantique.” In Esthétique. Vol 1. Trans. Ch. Bénard. Paris: Livre <br />

de poche, 1997, 645-­‐748. <br />

• Baudelaire. Oeuvres complètes. 2 Vols. Gallimard “Pléïade.” <br />

• Benjamin, Walter. “L’oeuvre d’art à l’époque de sa reproductibilité <br />

technique.” In Oeuvres III. Gallimard, 2000, 269-­‐316. <br />

• Jauss, Hans Robert. “La modernité dans la tradition littéraire et la conscience <br />

d’aujourd’hui.” In Pour une esthétique de la reception. Gallimard, 1978, 158-­‐<br />

209. <br />

• Compagnon, Antoine. Les cinq paradoxes de la modernité. Seuil, 1990. <br />

• Discussion section: these sections will be dedicated to the study <strong>of</strong> <br />

Baudelaire’s Le Peintre de la vie moderne. 1863. in Critique d’art; critique <br />

musicale. Gallimard, 1992. <br />

L5PH14UF – Ethics <br />

M. Billier <br />

Moral utilitarianism <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the emergence <strong>of</strong> utilitarian ethics, starting at the end <strong>of</strong> the <br />

18 th century. We will then find the originality <strong>of</strong> the three major versions <strong>of</strong> <br />

utilitarianism that emerged in the 19 th century: the utilitarianism <strong>of</strong> Bentham, JS <br />

Mill, and Sidgwick. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Mill, JS. L’Utilitarisme. <br />

L5PH05UF – Communication <br />

M Savidan <br />

“Principles and Functions <strong>of</strong> Public Reason” <br />

If communication has always been a condition for the exercise <strong>of</strong> power, the fact <br />

that is must take into account the emergence <strong>of</strong> the public sphere is a unique trait <strong>of</strong> <br />

democratic societies. How is this sphere constructed? What relations does it have to <br />

public opinion? What are the main principles that structure it? What type <strong>of</strong> reason <br />

can one invoke in this space? What role can new technologies play in information <br />

and communication? Must it be regulated in public dis<strong>course</strong>? <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Habermas, J. L’Espace public. Archéologie de la publicité comme dimension <br />

constitutive de la société bourgeoise. 1990. Trans. M. de Launay. Paris: Payot, <br />

1997. <br />

<br />

91


• Rawls, John. “L’idée de raison publique reconsidérée.” In Paix et démocratie. <br />

Trans. B. Guillaume. Paris: Editions la Découverte, 2006. <br />

Discussion Section <br />

M. Heure <br />

A panorama <strong>of</strong> the great historical milestones <strong>of</strong> communication and the central <br />

problems <strong>of</strong> the contemporary media society. <br />

L5PH15UF – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Knowledge <br />

Mme Ouelbani <br />

Theory <strong>of</strong> language and knowledge: The status <strong>of</strong> experience in Russell <br />

The goal <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is to explain the status <strong>of</strong> experience in the knowledge we <br />

have <strong>of</strong> the real, through the themes <strong>of</strong> analytical realism, logical atomism, inference, <br />

construction, and indirect knowledge. <br />

Semester 6 <br />

L6PH01U – Metaphysics <br />

1. M. Romano <br />

Intentionality <br />

Texts: <br />

• Aristotle. De l’âme. <br />

• Brentano. Psychologie du point de vue empirique. <br />

• Husserl. Recherches logiques, V: Idées directrices pour une phénoménologie. <br />

• Heidegger. Prolégomènes à l’histoire du concept du temps, Etre et temps. <br />

• Wittgenstein. Recherches philosophiques. <br />

2. M. Schmultz <br />

Aporias and Antinomies <br />

We will study the different types <strong>of</strong> antinomies, their historical formulations in <br />

Antiquity, the Middle Ages, and modernity, as well as the different ways <strong>of</strong> <br />

establishing them. We will ask ourselves whether the reasoning by antinomy leads <br />

to skepticism, or whether on the contrary it constitutes a lucid reflection on the <br />

human understanding <strong>of</strong> limits. We will read ancient texts (Aristotle and his <br />

commentators) as well as several classical German philosophers (Kant, <br />

Schopenhauer and his critique <strong>of</strong> Kantian antinomies, and Hans Vaihinger). <br />

<br />

92


3. M. Chenet <br />

Conception <strong>of</strong> Time: The experience <strong>of</strong> time; Time and nature; Time and culture; <br />

Time and ethics; Time and eternity <br />

Selective Bibliography: <br />

• Grimaldi, N. Ontologie du Temps. PUF. <br />

Le Désir et le Temps. PUF. (Reed. Vrin). <br />

• Pomian, K. L’ordre du temps. Gallimard. <br />

L6PH002U – History <strong>of</strong> Philosophy <br />

1. Ancient <br />

M. Laks <br />

Greek Ontology and its History: Aristotle and the Hellenistic Schools <br />

Greek ontology took a radical turn with Aristotle, his critique <strong>of</strong> the ontology <strong>of</strong> <br />

platonic forms, and the elaboration <strong>of</strong> a theory <strong>of</strong> substance or complex “ousiology,” <br />

which provides its most powerful paradigm for the history <strong>of</strong> metaphysics beyond <br />

even the Cartesian revolution. On the other hand, Epicureanism and Stoicism seem <br />

to have constructed themselves independently <strong>of</strong> Aristotelian theories, in order to <br />

return in part to presocratic models (Democritus, Heraclitus), and in part to forge <br />

their own systems, in which Plato’s sophism play a certain role. The objective <strong>of</strong> this <br />

<strong>course</strong> is to highlight the stakes <strong>of</strong> these contrasting ontologies and to question their <br />

historical importance. <br />

Reference Texts: <br />

• Aristotle. Métaphysique. Books 4-­‐8, 12). Trans. Tricot. Vrin, 1962. <br />

• Long, A. and D. Sedley. Les philosophes héllénistiques. Paris: Collection <br />

Garnier. <br />

• Aubenque, P. Le problème de l’être chez Aristote. Paris: PUF, 1962. (reed. in <br />

Quadrige). <br />

2. Antiquity and High Middle Ages <br />

M. Chrétien <br />

B) Late Antiquity and High Middle Ages <br />

M. Chrétien <br />

• Life in Plotinus’ Thought <br />

• Discussion section – Mme Aubry <br />

• Plotinus. Ennéades. IV, 8. <br />

3. Medieval <br />

M. Schmutz <br />

<br />

93


Maimonides and Philosophy <br />

We will study a series <strong>of</strong> central themes to the Guide des Egarés by Moses <br />

Maimonides (1135-­‐1204), the most important philosopher in medieval Judaism, by <br />

putting the work in its general context <strong>of</strong> Jewish and Arabic medieval thought and <br />

by presenting his influence on the Roman world. We will study the following <br />

themes: the sources <strong>of</strong> Maimonides’ thought; the philosophy <strong>of</strong> language; God <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Torah or God <strong>of</strong> philosophers; prophecy and philosophy; elements <strong>of</strong> a theory <strong>of</strong> <br />

knowledge; the question <strong>of</strong> free will. A <strong>course</strong> pack will be distributed. <br />

Required Text: <br />

• Maimonide. Guide des Egarés. Trans. S. Munk. Paris: Verdier, 1979. (~20 <br />

euros). <br />

• Recommended Reading: <br />

• Strauss, L. Maïmonide. Trans. R. Brague. Paris: PUF, 1988. <br />

• Gaddad, G. Maïmonide. Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 1998. <br />

• Pines, Shl. La liberté de philosopher, de Maïmonide à Spinoza. Trans. R. <br />

Brague. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer, 1997. <br />

4. Modern <br />

Melle Renault <br />

Spinoza’s Cartesianism <br />

5. Contemporary <br />

M. Andler <br />

Explanation in the Sciences <br />

The question <strong>of</strong> explanation is central in the philosophy <strong>of</strong> contemporary science. <br />

Does science provide explanations? Are they <strong>of</strong> a particular type? Are there <br />

numerous varieties <strong>of</strong> explanations? What are the relations between explanation <br />

with cause, law, and function? We will study the main types <strong>of</strong> scientific explanation <br />

in cases from different disciplines. We will examine theories <strong>of</strong> explanation <strong>of</strong>fered <br />

in the past half century, and we will approach these questions through the bias <strong>of</strong> <br />

unification and realism. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Barberouse, Anouck et al. La philosophie des sciences au XXe siècle. <br />

Flammarion, 2000. <br />

• Bird, Alexander. Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Science. Ch. 2. McGill-­‐Queens UP, 1998. <br />

• Duhem, P. La théorie physique, son objet, sa structure. Paris, 1906. <br />

• Kitcher, Ph, and W. C. Salmon, eds. Scientific Explanation. Minneaopolis: U <strong>of</strong> <br />

Minneapolis Press, 1989. <br />

<br />

94


Theories <strong>of</strong> Knowledge <br />

Mme Ouelbani <br />

The meaning and value <strong>of</strong> truth in analytical philosophy. <br />

Frege oriented the reflections on language: it is henceforth by the meaning that the <br />

proposition defines itself. We will study the way in which the distinction between <br />

meaning (Sinn) and signification (Bedeutung) have been taken up again and <br />

exploited by Frege’s successors (Wittgenstein, Russell, Schlick, Carnap). <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Laplace, P-­‐S. Essai philosophique sur les probablités. 5th ed., 1825. Paris: <br />

Christian Bourgeois, 1986. <br />

• Largeault, Jean. “Description et explication.” Encyclopaedia Universalis. Paris: <br />

1990. <br />

L6PH01UF – Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Art <br />

M. Pouillaude <br />

Defining Art <br />

Starting with the Kantian definition <strong>of</strong> fine arts and its development by Hegel, we <br />

will join some contemporary reflections on the constitution and pertinence <strong>of</strong> a <br />

definition <strong>of</strong> art. We will study two themes: 1) the articulation <strong>of</strong> undertaking <br />

definitions and a certain idea <strong>of</strong> artistic historicity; 2) these definitions’ capacity to <br />

create concretely the diversity <strong>of</strong> the empirical arts. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Adono. Théories esthétiques. Paris: Klincksieck, 1995. <br />

• L’art et les arts. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer, 2002. <br />

• Batteux. Les beaux-­‐arts réduits à un même principe. Paris: Durand, 1746. <br />

• Danto. La transfiguration du banal. Paris: Seuil, 1989. <br />

Après la fin de l’art. Paris: Seuil, 1996. <br />

• Genette. L’oeuvre de l’art. Vol. 2. Paris: Seuil, 1997. <br />

• Goodman. “Quand y a-­‐t-­‐il art?” Esthétique et poétique. Ed. Genette. Paris: <br />

Points Seuil, 1992. <br />

• Hegel. Esthétique, “Introduction.” Paris: Champs Flammarion, 1979. <br />

• Kant. Critique de la faculté de juger. &43-­‐55. Trans. A. Renaut. Paris: GF, <br />

1995. <br />

• Wolheim. L’Art et ses objets. Aubier, 1994. <br />

L5PH04UF – Ethics and Political Philosophy <br />

M. Renaut <br />

Nature, Subject, Communication: The Contemporary Debate on the Paradigms <strong>of</strong> <br />

Ethics <br />

<br />

95


Must ethics anchor moral truths in the order <strong>of</strong> nature (Aristotle), in the subject as <br />

practical reason (Kant), or in the space <strong>of</strong> discussion between concerned agents <br />

(Habermas)? This <strong>course</strong> will center on the two major confrontations that have <br />

structured the debates in contemporary ethics: on the one hand an ethics <strong>of</strong> <br />

discussion and a transformed philosophy <strong>of</strong> the subject; on the other, moral <br />

idealism and moral realism, whose forms come from naturalism. J. Habermas, K.O. <br />

Apel, J. Rawls, Ch. Larmore, Ph. Foot will be the primary actors examined in these <br />

debates. We will work in discussion groups to work on the crucial points <strong>of</strong> Kantian <br />

ethics, the background <strong>of</strong> most <strong>of</strong> the debates. <br />

Major Texts: <br />

• Kant. Critique de la raison pratique. I, 1, 2. Paris: Folio. <br />

Reference Work: <br />

• Thiaw-­‐Po-­‐Une, L. Questions d’éthique contemporaine. Stock, 2006. <br />

L6PH17UF – Commerce and Morality <br />

M. Boyer <br />

Is commerce immoral by nature? This thesis could be affirmed by those who believe <br />

that all money is dirty, and that only the free gift or the community <strong>of</strong> goods are <br />

moral. However, other others, particularly Montesquieu, Hume, Smith, and Kant, <br />

have maintained that only commerce can liberate men from belligerent passions, <br />

which is the argument in favor <strong>of</strong> its morality. Second, can everything be considered <br />

“merchandise,” or must we prohibit some forms <strong>of</strong> commerce, such as organ trade? <br />

In studying cases <strong>of</strong> applied ethics, we will question, for example, whether we must <br />

prohibit surrogate mothers, or whether prostitution, in other words those who sell <br />

sexual services in a consented manner, is more immoral than free love or marriage. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Montesquieu. L’Esprit des Lois. Ch. 20, 21. Paris: GF. <br />

• Hume. Traité de la nature humaine. “Justice.” Paris: GF. <br />

• Hirschmann. Les Passions et les intérêts. Quadrige. <br />

• Ogien, Ruwen. L’éthique aujourd’hui. Paris: Folio. <br />

Text studied in discussion section: Hirschmann. <br />

L6PH05UF – Communication <br />

M. Deschavanne <br />

Communication and Society <br />

In society, what assures the “common opinion?” This <strong>course</strong> will 1) elucidate the <br />

milestones that allow to understand the passage from a society <strong>of</strong> tradition to a <br />

<br />

96


society <strong>of</strong> communication and 2) explore the concepts allowing to think about the <br />

metamorphoses <strong>of</strong> contemporary public space. <br />

Studied Texts: <br />

• Ferry, Jean-­‐Marc. Philosophie de la communication. 2 vols. Cerf, 1994. <br />

• Habermas, Jürgen. Morale et communication. Flammarion, 1986. <br />

• Jeannenay, Jean-­‐Noël. Une histoire des Médias. Seuil, 1998. <br />

Discussion section: <br />

Mme Stutter <br />

Practices <strong>of</strong> communication <br />

A practical introduction <strong>of</strong> the different aspects <strong>of</strong> current pr<strong>of</strong>essions <strong>of</strong> <br />

communication; a reflection on their political, civic, and pr<strong>of</strong>essional stakes. <br />

Indian Philosophy <br />

M. Chenet <br />

Introduction to the Philosophies <strong>of</strong> India <br />

Indian philosophy represents one <strong>of</strong> the major realizations <strong>of</strong> the human mind: the <br />

doctrines born on Indian soil contain speculative and spiritual treasures, which <br />

India has passed on to universal philosophy. This introduction <strong>of</strong>fers a concise <br />

panorama <strong>of</strong> the philosophies <strong>of</strong> India (schools, movements, major works) and will <br />

evaluate their contributions to universal philosophy. <br />

A specialized bibliography will be distributed at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the year. <br />

<br />

97


Course <strong>of</strong>ferings – Paris VII <br />

BUSINESS <br />

3210UT06 - Economic Analysis <strong>of</strong> Social Policies <br />

Director: Jerome Wittwer <br />

Objectives: <br />

-­‐ Understand how to use the tools <strong>of</strong> the economic analysis in order to <br />

evaluate the equity and the efficiency <strong>of</strong> social policies (poverty alleviation <br />

and reducing inequalities policies; health policies; education and training <br />

policies; family policies) <br />

-­‐ Present and discuss French and European social policies. <br />

Contents: <br />

-­‐ Review and in-­‐depth use <strong>of</strong> the tools necessary to the economic analysis <strong>of</strong> <br />

social policies. <br />

-­‐ Critical presentation <strong>of</strong> social policies (poverty alleviation and reducing <br />

inequalities policies; health policies; education and training policies; family <br />

policies) <br />

22U208 - International Marketing <br />

Directors: Bernard Pras, Agnès Boutin <br />

Objectives: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will tackle the main decisional and organizational problems <br />

encountered by companies looking to develop their commercial activities abroad, <br />

whether it be exportation, implantation <strong>of</strong> subsidiaries or partnerships. The <strong>course</strong> <br />

aims at making students aware <strong>of</strong> the concepts, methods and organizational forms <br />

specific to the implementation <strong>of</strong> an international-­‐oriented marketing strategy. <br />

Contents: <br />

Three main themes: <br />

-­‐ Analysis and approach to foreign markets <br />

-­‐ Strategic and operational choices <strong>of</strong> the international marketing mix <br />

-­‐ The different terms and conditions to access foreign markets. <br />

3210US13 - Managerial Economics <br />

Director: Henry Isaac <br />

Objectives: <br />

Master knowledge that will enable the students to understand the strategic and <br />

tactical decisions in order to understand and measure the inter-­‐dependence <strong>of</strong> <br />

managerial decisions from an economic perspective. <br />

<br />

98


Contents: <br />

This <strong>course</strong> provides an economic perspective on the fact that a business is central <br />

to the coordination <strong>of</strong> the production activities. After studying the characteristics <strong>of</strong> <br />

a company, we will move on to analyzing the strategic and tactical decisions. <br />

222U402 - Human Resources Management <br />

Director: Gerard Lelarge <br />

Objectives: <br />

Describe the sociological and legal context in which Human Resources are practiced <br />

and thorough study <strong>of</strong> this pr<strong>of</strong>ession. We will present a synthesis <strong>of</strong> current social <br />

legislation and analyze the main tools used by companies. Secondly, we will enable <br />

students to better understand the way they will be managed in the future <br />

(recruitment, salary, training, evaluation and career management policies…). The <br />

aim is to help students to better position themselves in order to satisfy their own <br />

expectations and to promote their strengths and skills while at the same time <br />

meeting company needs. Moreover, we will give students some advices about how <br />

to behave during an interview for a job and as young future workers. <br />

Contents: <br />

1. Introduction: purpose <strong>of</strong> Human Resources management, elements <strong>of</strong> HR, <br />

key players in an organization, context <strong>of</strong> HR management, expectations <strong>of</strong> <br />

young employees. <br />

2. Recruitment: the objectives, the skills the company is looking for, new tools <br />

<strong>of</strong> selection (assessment centers…). <br />

3. Employment contract: hierarchy <strong>of</strong> legal texts (collective agreement, <br />

company agreement and employment contract), the different types <strong>of</strong> <br />

contracts and the main disposals <strong>of</strong> the employment contract. <br />

4. Working time: overview <strong>of</strong> the current legislation (relaxing <strong>of</strong> the “Aubry <br />

laws”), the different categories <strong>of</strong> employees / working time, part-­‐time, time <br />

saving accounts. <br />

5. Salary: wages and various components <strong>of</strong> the “global remuneration”, <br />

recognition <strong>of</strong> individual performances, collective remuneration (pr<strong>of</strong>it-­sharing,<br />

stakes, Corporate Savings Plan…) <br />

6. Training: typology <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional trainings and their objectives, E-­‐learning, <br />

the new legal disposals. <br />

7. The assessment <strong>of</strong> colleagues and career management: the notions <strong>of</strong> skill <br />

and performance, personal goals, assessment <strong>of</strong> the work done, segmentation <br />

<strong>of</strong> HR management (Talent management). <br />

8. Employment management: dismissal practice and protection <strong>of</strong> employment <br />

plans. <br />

9. Role <strong>of</strong> trade unions and personnel representatives: the notion <strong>of</strong> <br />

representativeness <strong>of</strong> trade unions, the practice <strong>of</strong> “majority agreements”, <br />

personnel representative institutions (personnel representatives, work <br />

councils) <br />

<br />

99


10. Individual and collective conflicts: right to strike, work inspection, notions on <br />

prud'hommes industrial tribunals, current topics (moral harassment, the <br />

cyber-­‐monitoring, and discrimination). <br />

11. Useful advices: Dos and Don’ts, resume, cover letter, the interview, the <br />

process <strong>of</strong> integration. <br />

3251US06 - Consumer Behavior and Marketing Research Techniques <br />

Director: Mrs. Rola Zebian <br />

Objectives: <br />

Presentation <strong>of</strong> the main concepts, methods and practices <strong>of</strong> marketing. This <br />

initiation <strong>course</strong> is meant for students who would like to be in the marketing sector, <br />

but also to those who will not work in the commercial or marketing departments <br />

but would need to know the role and principles <strong>of</strong> marketing in an organization. <br />

Content: <br />

Students will follow classes and work on case studies. In class, we will: <br />

-­‐ First, study the logic <strong>of</strong> the marketing strategy (segmentation, targeting, <br />

positioning) <br />

-­‐ Then, present the basics <strong>of</strong> the marketing mix, i.e. the different levers that the <br />

marketing manager can use in order to influence the target. <br />

3211UT10 - New Economic and Social Issues <br />

Director: Pierre Bezbakh <br />

Objectives: <br />

Underline, understand the historical context, analyze and connect the main issues <br />

we are facing in this beginning <strong>of</strong> the 21 st century. <br />

-­‐ nature and durability <strong>of</strong> the economic growth dominant model <br />

-­‐ the relationship between “North and South” <br />

-­‐ new forms <strong>of</strong> poverty and inequalities <br />

-­‐ emergence <strong>of</strong> new “economic giants” (China, India, Brazil…) <br />

-­‐<br />

-­‐<br />

formation <strong>of</strong> the new economic unions (Europe, America, Asia) <br />

“alternative” economy (fair trade, ethical investment, social economy) and <br />

the reality <strong>of</strong> “sustainable development”. <br />

325US07 - European Affairs <br />

Director: Domique Jacomet from the company Devanlay-­‐Lacoste and Arnaud Lavit <br />

d’Hautefort, Eurogroup Manager <br />

Objectives: <br />

To make the students understand the strategic importance <strong>of</strong> European <br />

construction for companies. We will study their development strategies regarding <br />

the European and other markets and the interaction between companies and <br />

European public policies, especially in terms <strong>of</strong> sustainable development, <br />

deregulation and competition. <br />

<br />

100


Contents: <br />

-­‐ The European dynamics <strong>of</strong> companies and the construction <strong>of</strong> the European <br />

Union <br />

-­‐ The evolution <strong>of</strong> public services in Europe and deregulations <br />

-­‐ Corporate governance <br />

-­‐ European companies’ strategies for internal and external growth <br />

-­‐ The commercial development <strong>of</strong> companies on the European and other <br />

markets <br />

-­‐ The European dimension <strong>of</strong> HR management <br />

-­‐ Production, logistics and localization <strong>of</strong> firms in Europe <br />

-­‐ The evolution <strong>of</strong> financial services in Europe. <br />

The <strong>course</strong> emphasizes interaction between the theoretical aspects <strong>of</strong> organizations’ <br />

strategic approach in an international context and the practices <strong>of</strong> public actors and <br />

companies. Students are introduced to the decisional mechanisms in companies <br />

looking to become international (choice <strong>of</strong> objectives/constraints). <br />

3210UT11 - European Economy <br />

Directors: Frederic Peltrault and Baptiste Venet <br />

Objectives: <br />

To describe national and supranational macro-­‐economic policies <strong>of</strong> the European <br />

Union Member States and <strong>of</strong> the EMU. <br />

Contents: <br />

Coordination <strong>of</strong> national macro-­‐economic policies, ECB, Common Agricultural Policy <br />

(CAP), fiscal competition among Member States. <br />

3210US05 - International Economy <br />

Directors: Annie Kawecki and Frederic Peltrault <br />

Objectives: <br />

The growing globalization <strong>of</strong> economies compels decision makers, in companies and <br />

public services, to take into account phenomena linked to this global world. This <br />

<strong>course</strong> will provide the students with the necessary reading guides to understand <br />

the causes, manifestations and effects <strong>of</strong> globalization and gives the necessary <br />

conceptual basis to apprehend the international economic issues: international <br />

trade and balance/imbalance <strong>of</strong> payment issues. <br />

Content: <br />

The first part will be dedicated to the theories <strong>of</strong> international specialization <br />

(comparative advantages, H-­‐O model, new theories <strong>of</strong> international trade -­‐ <br />

economies <strong>of</strong> scale and imperfect competition). The second part deals with <br />

monetary and financial issues: exchange rates, balance <strong>of</strong> payments and macro-­economic<br />

analysis in an open economy. <br />

<br />

101


ECONOMICS <br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

54EC1011 – Introduction to Economic Analysis <br />

E. Magnin <br />

Course summary: <br />

− What is economic analysis? A contested definition. <br />

− The precursors <strong>of</strong> classical political economics: Mercantilism and <br />

Physiocratie <br />

− Classical economy <br />

− Karl Marx and the economy <strong>of</strong> the capitalist world <br />

− Neoclassic theory <br />

− Keynesian theory <br />

54SO1211 – Introduction to Sociology <br />

Instructor TBA <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the following themes: sociology and society; elementary <br />

forms <strong>of</strong> socialization; differences, inequalities, conflicts; sociology and politics. <br />

54EC1211 – History <strong>of</strong> Economic Events <br />

P. Moati <br />

Course summary: Chronological analysis <strong>of</strong> the formation <strong>of</strong> capitalism and the <br />

major steps <strong>of</strong> its development. In a Schumpeterian perspective, we will concentrate <br />

on the industrial revolution and technical systems, but we will cover all the <br />

dimensions <strong>of</strong> economic and social systems (currency, finance, lifestyles, social <br />

relations, company organization, international relations…). <br />

54SO1042 – Great Questions <strong>of</strong> Sociology <br />

C. Quiminal <br />

This <strong>course</strong> has two objectives: 1) the presentation <strong>of</strong> analyses, <strong>of</strong> main orientations, <br />

<strong>of</strong> questions that the founding fathers <strong>of</strong> sociology raised about religion; 2) <br />

measuring the pertinence <strong>of</strong> their approach in order to give ourselves the means to <br />

analyze contemporary religious mutations and to question modernity. Moreover, <br />

the uncertain condition <strong>of</strong> post-­‐modern societies invites the sociologist to interpret <br />

the proliferations <strong>of</strong> belief and new forms <strong>of</strong> religious communalization. <br />

54EC1022 – Descriptive Economy <br />

G. Tasso <br />

<br />

102


After an overview <strong>of</strong> national compatibility centered on the circulation <strong>of</strong> revenue in <br />

the national economy, the <strong>course</strong> highlights the types <strong>of</strong> household consumption <br />

and business investment, in France during the past 30 years. <br />

Employing theoretical approaches and empirical studies, we will locate the factors <br />

that seem to determine these behaviors the best, behaviors that are largely <br />

responsible for the minimal dynamism in economic growth in France. <br />

54SO1062 – Sociology <strong>of</strong> Work <br />

M. Waelli <br />

This <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers to give a panorama <strong>of</strong> the nature <strong>of</strong> the principle mutations <strong>of</strong> <br />

work and the ways it has changed in our contemporary and European society. <br />

54HI1902 – History <strong>of</strong> Work <br />

J. Penez <br />

On the one hand, we will study the historical and social “forms” <strong>of</strong> work as a generic <br />

producer <strong>of</strong> salaries, envisioned as a process <strong>of</strong> the constitution <strong>of</strong> social ties, from <br />

the small workshops <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century to the great modern mechanized industry <strong>of</strong> <br />

the 20 th century, the latter evoking the problematic generalization <strong>of</strong> the automation <br />

<strong>of</strong> abstract “production” <strong>of</strong> post-­‐modern “communication.” On the other hand, we <br />

will analyze the social movements and conflicts (as well as the many practices <strong>of</strong> <br />

organization and union struggles that are articulated, in one way or another, by the <br />

confrontation to other groups and classes) linked to the structural and technological <br />

transformations <strong>of</strong> the “means <strong>of</strong> production” and to societal mutations, <br />

transformations and mutations that tend to put into question the “useful” character <br />

<strong>of</strong> work and its historical future. <br />

54EC2052 – European Economy <br />

A. Azoulay <br />

Four steps structure this <strong>course</strong>. The first, introductive, studies the economic, <br />

political, and institutional history <strong>of</strong> European construction (from the common <br />

market to after Maastricht) and its stakes. The second concerns the politics <strong>of</strong> <br />

competition and its difficult relations with industrial politics. The third is centered <br />

on the European monetary system and common currency. The fourth and final part <br />

studies the redefinition <strong>of</strong> public intervention in the context <strong>of</strong> European <br />

construction. <br />

LICENCE 2 <br />

54EC2033 – The Economy <strong>of</strong> the Company <br />

N. Azoulay <br />

− Representations <strong>of</strong> the company <br />

− Company environment <br />

<br />

103


− Purpose <strong>of</strong> the company <br />

− Organization, centralization, and decentralization in the company <br />

− The typology <strong>of</strong> companies <br />

− The financial function <br />

− The commercial function <br />

− The function <strong>of</strong> management <br />

− Introduction to company accounting <br />

54EC2013 – Economic Policy <br />

G. Tasso <br />

This <strong>course</strong>’s primary goal is to study the basics <strong>of</strong> monetary policy and <strong>of</strong> <br />

budgetary policy in a country like France. Then, in the context <strong>of</strong> studying in more <br />

depth budgetary policy, we will show how conjunctures influence extempore the <br />

deficit, and thus why strict budgetary policies struggle <strong>of</strong>ten to absorb budgetary <br />

deficits. This is verified all the more in that the policies in question are managed by <br />

governments that do not care to coordinate their action, whether it be with <br />

neighboring governments or with monetary authorities. This <strong>course</strong> then gives a <br />

history <strong>of</strong> western policies since the early 1980s (the rise <strong>of</strong> policies called <strong>of</strong>fers, its <br />

causes and consequences). To finish, this <strong>course</strong> will study the emergence <strong>of</strong> a <br />

common currency in Europe and its effects on the conduct <strong>of</strong> conjunctural policies <br />

in France. <br />

54GO2903 – Geography <strong>of</strong> Employment <br />

Y. Fualkow <br />

I. Geography <strong>of</strong> the production <strong>of</strong> goods and services <br />

1. Localization <strong>of</strong> producing establishments <strong>of</strong> goods and services: strategic <br />

choices, constraints, outsourcing, public policy and their effects. <br />

2. Daily household services: territorial repartition <strong>of</strong> demand; facilities <br />

(businesses, schools, hospitals, cultural facilities.) <br />

II. Geography <strong>of</strong> the working population and employment <br />

1. Study <strong>of</strong> the working population at the local level <br />

2. Geographical variations <strong>of</strong> work and unemployment <br />

III. Geography <strong>of</strong> economic facilities: The conception <strong>of</strong> the management <strong>of</strong> <br />

economic facilities in lightly populated areas, urban agglomerations, and major <br />

cities. <br />

54EC2063 – The Socio-Economics <strong>of</strong> Organizations <br />

T. Troadec <br />

− The analysis <strong>of</strong> the sociology <strong>of</strong> organizations and <strong>of</strong> companies. <br />

− The sociological paradigms and the organization <strong>of</strong> work. <br />

− The birth <strong>of</strong> work and productive organizations. <br />

− Psycho-­‐sociological approaches. <br />

− Contingence and organizational structure. <br />

<br />

104


− Strategic analysis <strong>of</strong> organizations. <br />

− Analysis <strong>of</strong> identities and culture. <br />

− Analysis <strong>of</strong> social worlds. <br />

− Strategies <strong>of</strong> change and organization. <br />

54EC2073 – Marketing <br />

L. Tessier <br />

Summary: This <strong>course</strong> presents the basic concepts <strong>of</strong> marking and consumption <br />

behavior analysis: the role <strong>of</strong> marketing in the organization and the strategy <strong>of</strong> the <br />

company; marketing mix; major types <strong>of</strong> buying behavior; strategies <strong>of</strong> <br />

segmentation. <br />

54EC1223 – Microeconomics <br />

M.T. Boyer <br />

I. Neoclassical problematic <br />

II. The functions <strong>of</strong> individual supply and demand <br />

III. The Theory <strong>of</strong> General Equilibrium: from Walras to Arrow-­‐Debreu <br />

IV. Partial Equilibrium Analysis <br />

54EC2044 – Introduction to Accounting and Management <br />

Introduction. The basic principles. The recording <strong>of</strong> operations. Synthesis <strong>of</strong> <br />

documents. Elements <strong>of</strong> accounting and financial analysis. <br />

54EC2084 – Industrial (Labor) Relations in Europe <br />

J-­‐Y Sepot <br />

Course summary: <br />

1. The historical construction <strong>of</strong> national systems <strong>of</strong> industrial relations <br />

2. The economic theories <strong>of</strong> industrial relations <strong>of</strong> work, theory <strong>of</strong> negotiations, <br />

etc. <br />

3. Institutional approaches <br />

4. Architecture and development <strong>of</strong> a European social dialog, representativity <br />

and subsidiarity. <br />

5. Europeanization <strong>of</strong> industrial relations confronted with the challenges <strong>of</strong> the <br />

integration <strong>of</strong> new members and globalization. <br />

54EC2224 – Currency <br />

M. Rubinstein <br />

This <strong>course</strong> on currency exposes the process <strong>of</strong> currency creation in the hierarchical <br />

banking system and the integration <strong>of</strong> currency in the principle economic models, <br />

before concluding on the modalities <strong>of</strong> the establishment <strong>of</strong> currency policies and <br />

their effects on the economy. <br />

<br />

105


The <strong>course</strong>’s objective is two-­‐fold: <br />

a) We will first present currency (functional and institutional definitions <strong>of</strong> <br />

currency, the main aggregates) and expose the process <strong>of</strong> currency creation in the <br />

hierarchical banking system; <br />

b) We will then reflect on the interaction between currency and real activity in the <br />

main representations <strong>of</strong> the functioning <strong>of</strong> the economy. <br />

54EC2214 – Macroeconomics <br />

MJ Voisin <br />

Course summary: <br />

1. Subject and method <strong>of</strong> macroeconomics <br />

2. Circuit vs. market <br />

3. Functions <strong>of</strong> Keynesian and neoclassical consumption: prolonging and <br />

questioning <strong>of</strong> the Keynesian system <br />

4. Functions <strong>of</strong> Keynesian and neoclassical investment <br />

5. Keynesian multiplier and effective demand <br />

6. The demand <strong>of</strong> neoclassical currency and the preference for Keynesian <br />

liquidity <br />

7. Economic equilibrium and employment: neoclassical equilibrium <strong>of</strong> the <br />

workplace; Keynesian employment theory <br />

8. The IS-­‐LM model <br />

9. Monetary and budgetary policies <br />

LICENCE 3 <br />

43EC3015 – Economic Sociology <br />

B. Chavance <br />

Economic sociology is different from economic theory in that it underscores the <br />

social context <strong>of</strong> economic activities, the role <strong>of</strong> rules, norms, and institutions, and <br />

by the importance given to culture and history. This <strong>course</strong> will study the different <br />

aspects <strong>of</strong> the relations between economy and society, using the main authors or <br />

schools <strong>of</strong> economics and sociology. <br />

43EC3035 – Industrial Economics <br />

N. Azoulay <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is structured in three parts. 1) The history <strong>of</strong> the industrial economy, its <br />

problematics, its stakes, and their evolution during the 20 th century. 2) The <br />

representations <strong>of</strong> market structures (SCP model and its developments, the theory <br />

<strong>of</strong> barriers, the theory <strong>of</strong> contestable markets). 3) The theories <strong>of</strong> the firm and <br />

organizational forms (theory <strong>of</strong> transaction costs, competencies, questions <strong>of</strong> power, <br />

propriety and control within organizations). <br />

<br />

106


43EC3045 – Human Resource Management <br />

C. Du Tertre <br />

Course summary: 1) From “personnel management” to “human resource <br />

management.” 2) Human resources and the conditions <strong>of</strong> creation and value; <br />

accounting for productive dynamic differences (industries, services). 3) Immaterial <br />

investments and human resources. <br />

43EC3055 – Ergonomy <br />

M. Gandon <br />

Course summary: Objective: To show the characteristics <strong>of</strong> ergonomy, its interest <br />

from a two-­‐fold point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> working conditions and organizational efficiency. <br />

Its name comes from Greek ergon (work) and nomos (laws) to designate the science <br />

<strong>of</strong> work. Ergonomy is a discipline that uses a systemic approach in the study <strong>of</strong> all <br />

the aspects <strong>of</strong> human activity. This approach takes into account physical, cognitive, <br />

social, organizational, environmental, and other factors. Its uniqueness is the <br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> real work (as opposed to prescribed work), which is at the heart <strong>of</strong> <br />

ergonomic reflection and intervention. <br />

43EC3065 – Employment and Flexibility <br />

G. Tasso <br />

The first part <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is dedicated to the evolution <strong>of</strong> work and <br />

unemployment, in France and in the main countries <strong>of</strong> the OECD for the past thirty <br />

years. We will pay particular attention to the underlying evolution <strong>of</strong> gains <strong>of</strong> <br />

productivity whose rhythm conditions the degree <strong>of</strong> richness in employment <br />

growth. In the second part, this <strong>course</strong> will evaluate, in the main western countries, <br />

the ways in which the level <strong>of</strong> employment is adjusted and the formation <strong>of</strong> salaries <br />

to the changes <strong>of</strong> conjuncture and the rhythm <strong>of</strong> production. <br />

43EC3075 – Macroeconomic Dynamics <br />

V. Janod <br />

I. Stylized facts and economic stakes at the core <strong>of</strong> theories <strong>of</strong> growth <br />

Definition and measure <strong>of</strong> growth <br />

National evolutions and historical perspectives <br />

Main stylized facts and economic stakes <br />

II. Growth and productive aspects <br />

Introduction to the technical bases for the understanding <strong>of</strong> theoretical models: <br />

techniques <strong>of</strong> production, factors <strong>of</strong> production and technical progress <br />

III. Traditional analyses <strong>of</strong> growth <br />

<br />

107


Quick overview <strong>of</strong> theories <strong>of</strong> growth, the Harrod-­‐Domar’s Keynesian model and <br />

Solow’s neoclassical model <br />

IV. Theories <strong>of</strong> endogenous growth <br />

Origin <strong>of</strong> theories <strong>of</strong> endogenous growth, a rereading <strong>of</strong> the sources <strong>of</strong> growth, <br />

Romer’s model, Lucas’ model <br />

V. Growth, inequalities, and economic policies <br />

43EC3085 – International Economics <br />

R. Du Tertre <br />

I. The choice between free trade and protectionism <br />

1. Development <strong>of</strong> international trade since 1945 <br />

2. Institutional framework <strong>of</strong> free trade and the evolution <strong>of</strong> the currency <br />

exchange system <br />

II. International trade and the law <strong>of</strong> comparative costs <br />

1. Real and monetary character <strong>of</strong> advantage in international trade <br />

2. Real and monetary determinations <strong>of</strong> exchange rates <br />

III. Neoclassical theory <strong>of</strong> factor endowments <br />

1. The standard model <strong>of</strong> factor proportions <br />

2. The integration <strong>of</strong> technical progress and the neo-­‐factorial approach <br />

IV. The emergence <strong>of</strong> oligopolistic competition <br />

1. The technological advantage and the dynamics <strong>of</strong> demand <br />

2. Imperfect competition and output on growth scales <br />

V. Price and structural competitiveness <br />

1. Gap strategy and adaptation to world demand <br />

2. Quality <strong>of</strong> international specialization and the constraint <strong>of</strong> change <br />

43EC3095 – Accounting-Management (Level 2) <br />

S. Teboul <br />

2 hours <strong>of</strong> lecture; 1.5 hours <strong>of</strong> discussion per week <br />

Course summary: I. Review <strong>of</strong> general accounting. II. Total cost. III. Variable cost. IV. <br />

The choice <strong>of</strong> financing mode. <br />

Selected Reading: Piget, P. Comptabilité analytique. Coll. Economica. 5 th ed. <br />

<br />

108


43EC3016 – Economy <strong>of</strong> Social Protection <br />

MJ Voisin <br />

Course summary: <br />

I. French system <strong>of</strong> social deductions <br />

I.1. The weight <strong>of</strong> social transfers: statistics and history. <br />

I.2. The social deduction: Organization and structure. <br />

The economic problems raised by social deductions. <br />

I.3. Fiscal deductions: Organization and structure. Taxing social protection. <br />

II. The difficulties <strong>of</strong> financing social services <br />

II.1. Structural difficulties: Financing the retirees. Financing health costs. <br />

II.2. Precarious equilibrium: Work injuries and pr<strong>of</strong>essional illness. Family services. <br />

II.3. Severity <strong>of</strong> risks linked to unemployment: Unemployment and compensation. <br />

Poverty and minimum income. <br />

43EC3056 – Economic Analysis <strong>of</strong> Companies <br />

M. Rubenstein <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims, beyond the elaborated analysis <strong>of</strong> two current day themes – <br />

company government and social responsibility <strong>of</strong> companies, to introduce different <br />

theories <strong>of</strong> the firm adjacent to these representations <strong>of</strong> the company. <br />

First part: The firm as a network <strong>of</strong> contracts (theory <strong>of</strong> transaction costs, theory <strong>of</strong> <br />

property rights, and theory <strong>of</strong> the agency, the Japanese model and the J-­‐Firm). <br />

Second part: company government and social responsibility <strong>of</strong> companies. <br />

43EC3066 – New Microeconomics <br />

M. Rubenstein <br />

Course summary: <br />

I. Imperfect competition and game theory <br />

1. Main models <strong>of</strong> imperfect competition <br />

2. The influence <strong>of</strong> game theory on the analysis <strong>of</strong> imperfect competition. <br />

II. Imperfect information <br />

1. Moral hazard. <br />

2. Adverse selection. <br />

E. Huet <br />

Course summary: <br />

I. Estimation <br />

1. Punctual estimation <br />

2. Estimation by interval. <br />

II. Parametric tests <br />

1. Neyman Pearson method <br />

2. UMP tests <br />

3. Multiple hypothesis tests. <br />

<br />

109


III. Econometrics <br />

1. Probabilistic model (generalized linearity) <br />

2. Testing the validity <strong>of</strong> the model (Fisher, Durbin Watson, Student). <br />

FILM STUDIES <br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

54CI1111 – History <strong>of</strong> Film <br />

P. Berthomieu <br />

This <strong>course</strong>, which constitutes the first approach to film history, aims toward the <br />

acquisition <strong>of</strong> the major temporal reference points that make up its context and an <br />

awareness <strong>of</strong> the various methods that found its dis<strong>course</strong>. We will thus put in <br />

perspective some <strong>of</strong>ficially canonical moments, including films, authors, and <br />

classical questions. <br />

54CI1121 – Film Analysis 1 <br />

D. Arnaud <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to develop an awareness <strong>of</strong> major concepts using a sound <br />

approach: learn to find, evaluate, and signpost in a very precise way (whatever it <br />

may be, from the short fragment to the grouping <strong>of</strong> several films); acquire technical, <br />

aesthetic, and historical notions; construct a personal and controlled written <br />

message, which goes beyond a movie description; take the risk to interpret by <br />

relying on precise and active observation, nourished with film references but also <br />

with other arts (literature, history, and all the disciplines that can enrich the <br />

analysis). <br />

54CI1511 – Written Expression Practicum <br />

J. Nacache <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is a workshop for written expression centered on the practice <strong>of</strong> film <br />

analysis. We will analyze more or less long extracts taken from films <strong>of</strong> different <br />

cinematographies and eras. Starting with heterogeneous materials (audio-­‐visual <br />

elements, historical notions, personal intuition, information on the context <strong>of</strong> <br />

production, and possibly <strong>of</strong> genre, film authors, etc.), we will train ourselves to form <br />

a pertinent argument and to construct progressively argued hypotheses by refining <br />

and making them more precise. We will also confront difficulties that written <br />

analyses can present: how to organize ideas and an outline, how to make transitions, <br />

how to integrate descriptive elements. <br />

54CI2111 – Study <strong>of</strong> Theoretical Texts <br />

J. Degenève <br />

<br />

110


After several conceptual distinctions, notably the differences between criticism and <br />

film theory, this <strong>course</strong> will study some major canonical texts among those which <br />

have developed the way we think about film. Extracts by Bazin (Qu’est-­‐ce que le <br />

cinéma), Metz (Essais sur la signification au cinéma), and Deleuze (L’Image-­mouvement<br />

and L’Image-­‐temps) will be distributed in class et will be the topic for <br />

detailed analysis as well as the confrontation with film sequences that are shown in <br />

the light <strong>of</strong> these reflections. <br />

54CI1132 – Film Analysis 2 <br />

S. Dreyer <br />

The New Wave, composed <strong>of</strong> Truffaut, Godard, Chabrol, Rivette, and Rohmer, was <br />

first expressed in criticism in the pages <strong>of</strong> the Cahiers du cinéma before making its <br />

way to the screen in young and modern films like Le beau Serge, Les 400 coups, or A <br />

bout de souffle. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to develop the students’ ability to analyze by reviewing extracts <br />

and entire films. These analyses will allow us to envision the stylistics <strong>of</strong> the New <br />

Wave by contextualizing it within the evolution <strong>of</strong> artistic forms (literature, art <br />

history, and film) and <strong>of</strong> philosophical and aesthetic reflections. <br />

54CI1142 – Film History and Aesthetics <br />

F. Delmas <br />

“Lyricism in the cinema: An approach” <br />

For the spectators we all are, lyricism is that “which moves us,” a sequence “that <br />

strikes us,” for one reason or another. The goal <strong>of</strong> this <strong>course</strong> is not to enthrone a <br />

new genre or subgenre. Essentially a formal approach that mixes in musicals and <br />

melodramas, at its core we find spectacle (in particular Broadway), illusion <br />

(generated by dance and the shift from reality to imaginary), and rhythm (not only <br />

musical). Starting with a detailed study <strong>of</strong> musicals such as 42 nd Street, The Great <br />

Ziegfeld, All That Jazz, A Damsel in Distress, and looking at the stylistic <br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> Vincente Minelli (Gigi, The Sandpiper, Brigadoon), George Stevens <br />

or Stanley Donen, we will attempt to link dream-­‐like representation with the prosaic <br />

nature <strong>of</strong> existence. <br />

54CI1162 – The Documenatary <br />

J. Breschand <br />

The documentary genre does not exist, except for the pigeonholing <strong>of</strong> television and <br />

its stream <strong>of</strong> conventions. However, there does exist a documental process that <br />

gives the image what historians call material life. The effects <strong>of</strong> this approach are <br />

numerous: the affirmation <strong>of</strong> a point <strong>of</strong> view, the refusal <strong>of</strong> shot-­‐reverse shot, the <br />

conviction that the narratives are not all fictional stories but come from jots from <br />

reality. In truth, tomorrow’s fictions will create such documental questioning. <br />

<br />

111


LICENCE 2 <br />

54CI2163 – Aesthetics <br />

M. Cerisuelo <br />

This is a <strong>course</strong> on general aesthetics and philosophy <strong>of</strong> art in which we will study <br />

the major classical notions (the beautiful, the sublime, representation, mimesis, <br />

taste), through a choice <strong>of</strong> texts ranging from Plato to contemporary philosophy. <br />

54CI2143 – Film History and Aesthetics 2 <br />

Anne Lété <br />

“Point <strong>of</strong> view in film” <br />

Through a panorama <strong>of</strong> theoretical texts and film analyses, this <strong>course</strong> aims to <br />

examine the notion <strong>of</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view such that it is reduced in film, both on the level <br />

<strong>of</strong> shot or image as the level <strong>of</strong> sequence and an entire movie. Viewpoint will be <br />

understood as a visual, auditory (point <strong>of</strong> listening), narrative, and ideological <br />

experience. We will observe how films, by combining different types <strong>of</strong> points <strong>of</strong> <br />

view, creates configurations that are at times very sophisticated, playing with <br />

ambiguities, contradictions, slippage, etc. <br />

54CI2133 – Study <strong>of</strong> Dramaturgy <br />

S. Hatchuel <br />

For four centuries, Shakespeare’s plays continue to be performed, rewritten, and <br />

adapted in different theatrical forms. In 1899, they began to be performed in <br />

another medium, film, only four years after the invention <strong>of</strong> the cinema. Henceforth, <br />

directors have not deprived themselves <strong>of</strong> this playwright’s texts. In this <strong>course</strong>, we <br />

will what happens to Shakespeare’s plays when they are adapted in film. After a <br />

brief panorama <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> Shakespeare in the movies, we will analyze in detail <br />

the implications <strong>of</strong> the change in medium in narrative and metadramatic terms. We <br />

will also compare the same scene in several adaptations to identify the aesthetic and <br />

ideological choices made by the directors. <br />

54CI2194 – Cinema, Literature, and the Arts <br />

F. Maheu <br />

Group 1: F. Maheu: “The Collaboration <strong>of</strong> the Arts in Film.” <br />

Theater, literature, painting, various musical forms, almost all the arts are <br />

integrated in film, whether in a thematic or formal (conventional) way. We will talk <br />

about transversality, intermediality, even interartiality (M. Moser). This <strong>course</strong> aims <br />

to analyze the question <strong>of</strong> the arts in film with the help <strong>of</strong> various examples taken <br />

from contemporary and classical films. <br />

<br />

112


Group 2: F. Delmas: “William Dieterle, Max Ophuls, Otto Preminger: Three <br />

Magicians” <br />

The theatrical staging like Max Reinhardt imagined it is originally a certain <br />

cinematographic dis<strong>course</strong> that makes the frame a rigorously architectured space. <br />

With this <strong>course</strong> we are going to study and confront the trajectories <strong>of</strong> three <br />

Germanic directors who were pr<strong>of</strong>oundly influenced by the work <strong>of</strong> Reinhardt. Two <br />

were Reinhardt’s students: Otto Preminger and William Dieterle. The third never <br />

hid his admiration for the one he called the Zauberer (the magician): Max Ophuls. <br />

54CI2174 – Film Analysis 3 <br />

P. Berthomieu <br />

Group 1: P. Berthomieu: “Hollywood Film 1972-­‐2002” <br />

Beyond the necessary syntheses <strong>of</strong> the economic explosion <strong>of</strong> blockbusters and the <br />

politics <strong>of</strong> genre, here we will question realism and mythical images. The new <br />

Hollywood, born with the success <strong>of</strong> Le Parrain [The Godfather] (1972) and Les <br />

dents de la mer [Jaws] (1975) is less a return to old forms, revitalized by the <br />

concern <strong>of</strong> a new adolescent spectatorship, than the rereading <strong>of</strong> an ancient world <br />

by visionaries who are themselves heirs <strong>of</strong> European realism, like American <br />

metaphysics. <br />

Group 2: S. Angiboust: “Modernity/Neo-­‐modernity” <br />

While discovering some films with purified manners that have appeared within the <br />

last fifteen years and that come from Asia (Hou Hsiao Hsien, Tsaï Ming-­‐Liang), Iran <br />

(Abbas Kiarostami) and the United States (Gus Van Sant), we cannot stop ourselves <br />

from finding in them an echo <strong>of</strong> some experiences <strong>of</strong> modernity from the 1950s and <br />

60s and <strong>of</strong> the works <strong>of</strong> their predecessors. In this <strong>course</strong>, we will measure the <br />

differences and resemblances as well as question the possible transmission, from far <br />

away, <strong>of</strong> the modalities founded on an underground or intermittent temporality. <br />

54CI2184 – Film History and Aesthetics 3 <br />

Diane Arnaud <br />

Group 1: D. Arnaud: “Cinema at the Crossroads <strong>of</strong> Art” <br />

The passing <strong>of</strong> images in film <strong>of</strong>ten opens fiction’s door to the visual logic <strong>of</strong> other <br />

arts. The concept <strong>of</strong> “between images” [“entre-­‐images”] that Raymond Bellour <br />

coined twenty years ago to elucidate the links between cinema, video, and <br />

photography will be unfolded and we will look at the relations between the fine arts <br />

and expressions <strong>of</strong> rhythm in contemporary film. We will study the artistic <br />

dispositions (“painting-­‐shot,” photo album, etc.) which currently modifies the <br />

<br />

113


cinematic device (David Lynch, S<strong>of</strong>ia Coppola, Jonathan Caouette, Lars von Trier, <br />

Claire Denis, Alexandre Sokourov…) without forgetting consecrated references <br />

(Antonioni, Hitchcock, Fleischer, Pasolini, Resnais,…). <br />

Group 2: P-­‐O Toulza <br />

The films directed by Clint Eastwood will be analyzed in this <strong>course</strong>, focusing on the <br />

question <strong>of</strong> genre. We will not make an inventory <strong>of</strong> forms in a filmography whose <br />

unity resides, in part, in the consistent re<strong>course</strong> to a small number <strong>of</strong> codes (notably <br />

the Western and the crime film). Three main parts will guide our reflection: the <br />

appropriation <strong>of</strong> certain confiscated forms and classical heritage, the “incoherence” <br />

sometimes created due to the mixing <strong>of</strong> codes, and finally the attachment <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Eastwoodian corpus to melodrama. <br />

HISTORY <br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

54HI1011 – Sources <strong>of</strong> History <br />

M. Arnoux <br />

Initiation to the treatment <strong>of</strong> historical sources; the lecture develops a typology <strong>of</strong> <br />

documents used by historians and signals the limits and specific problems they <br />

pose. The discussion sections will review the essential themes from the lecture and <br />

will show, in combination with commented sources or presentations on historical <br />

monographs, how historical reasoning is constructed by the criticism <strong>of</strong> sources. <br />

54HI1021 – Introduction to the Ancient and Medieval World <br />

A. Caiozzo, P. Ellinger, J-­‐P Vallat <br />

Introduction to the ancient world: from Neolithic times to the end <strong>of</strong> the Roman <br />

Empire <br />

Presentation <strong>of</strong> the major periods: Neolithic, Bronze Age and the palatial system; <br />

Obscure ages and archaism; the city-­‐states; Hellenistic and imperial age; the end <strong>of</strong> <br />

the ancient world. <br />

Presentation <strong>of</strong> the major questions: institutions, politics, culture, society, economy, <br />

and religion. <br />

Introduction to the Middle Age: problems <strong>of</strong> the transition from the ancient world to <br />

the medieval world. Byzantium, Muslim societies, barbarian kingdoms; economic <br />

growth <strong>of</strong> Western Europe; the crisis at the end <strong>of</strong> the middle ages and the relations <br />

with civilizations outside <strong>of</strong> Europe. <br />

<br />

114


54HI1031 – Introduction to the Modern and Contemporary World <br />

R. Villard (Modern History), M. Martini (Contemporary History) <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to the study <strong>of</strong> the modern and contemporary world. <br />

Beginning with a reflection on periodization, we will establish the major <br />

chronological contexts, pinpoint the principle temporal reference points that mark <br />

history from the 16 th century to the 21 st century, and highlight the long-­‐lasting <br />

phenomena that affect the world. Combining different approaches (political, <br />

economic, social, and cultural), the <strong>course</strong> establishes the foundation for a thematic <br />

and problematic apprehension <strong>of</strong> the historical evolution in the modern and <br />

contemporary periods. <br />

54HI1041 – Introduction to the Societies <strong>of</strong> the South <br />

A. Forest, I. Mande, Z. Moutoukias <br />

The sources (oral and written); space and time; periodizations; civilizations, <br />

cultures, social spaces; vocabularies and instrumentations <strong>of</strong> alterity; religions and <br />

societies; economies and societies; systems <strong>of</strong> relations and flow <strong>of</strong> exchange (<strong>of</strong> all <br />

types) between societies; forms <strong>of</strong> power and modalities <strong>of</strong> social differentiation; <br />

questions <strong>of</strong> genre; material and immaterial heritage; (comparatist essay) does the <br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> Western history allow to deepen the knowledge <strong>of</strong> the societies <strong>of</strong> the <br />

South, and vice versa? <br />

54HI1342 – History <strong>of</strong> 19 th -century Europe 1 <br />

A-­‐E Demartini <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is dedicated to the history <strong>of</strong> European space in the 19 th century, from <br />

the fall <strong>of</strong> the Napoleonic Empire until the start <strong>of</strong> the First World War, retracing the <br />

political transformations. <br />

We will study the affirmation and contestations <strong>of</strong> liberalism, the advances <strong>of</strong> <br />

democracy, the establishment <strong>of</strong> the French Republican model, the birth <strong>of</strong> <br />

socialism, the question <strong>of</strong> nationalism (movement <strong>of</strong> nationalities, construction <strong>of</strong> <br />

unitary states, aggressive and expansionist nationalism). <br />

54HI1172 – 20 th and 21 st -century History 1 <br />

A. Lacroix-­‐Riz <br />

After a general introduction to the problematics inherited from the 19 th century, this <br />

<strong>course</strong> will study the political and cultural history <strong>of</strong> the contemporary world (20 th -­‐<br />

21 st centuries). We will study in particular the wars <strong>of</strong> the 20 th century, the <br />

Bolshevik Revolution, and the history <strong>of</strong> the USSR (1914-­‐39), fascisms, and <br />

international relations (1914-­‐39). <br />

<br />

115


54HI1202 – The Muslim World 1 <br />

After a succinct presentation <strong>of</strong> Islam as a civilization, spread out in space and time <br />

in diverse geographical, political, and cultural subgroups, followed by an equally <br />

succinct overview <strong>of</strong> the Arabo-­‐Muslim world, from its peninsular matrix to its <br />

domination by the Ottoman Empire, this <strong>course</strong> will highlight contemporary <br />

Maghreb, from the end <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century to the end <strong>of</strong> the 20 th . <br />

54HI1212 – Sub-Saharan Africa 1 <br />

F. Rajaonah <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to the history <strong>of</strong> Sub-­‐Saharan Africa and <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Western Indian Ocean from the 8 th century to the end <strong>of</strong> the 18 th . It will underscore <br />

the ancient character and the permanence <strong>of</strong> the relations between these regions <br />

and the outside (Mediterranean, Asia, and America). It will measure the impact and <br />

the contributions to these different societies. <br />

54HI1222 – India 1 <br />

C. Scalabrino <br />

Indian world, Indian subcontinent, India, Indian civilization. The Caste System <br />

throughout history. The discovery <strong>of</strong> India and the formation <strong>of</strong> Indo-­‐European <br />

studies. <br />

54HI1232 – Latin America and the Caribbean 1 <br />

J. Lirus-­‐Galap <br />

From conquest to independence – between the end <strong>of</strong> the 15 th century to the <br />

beginning <strong>of</strong> the 19 th , the Latino-­‐American societies and the Iberian Empires <br />

fostered a sort <strong>of</strong> interpenetration, sometimes violent and always complex, between <br />

the Native American world and the European world. We will follow these major <br />

processes. <br />

54HI1242 – China 1 <br />

C. Trân <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an historical introduction to contemporary China from the fall <strong>of</strong> the <br />

imperial regime to the affirmation <strong>of</strong> the Popular Republic <strong>of</strong> China (installment <strong>of</strong> <br />

Chinese socialism by Mao Zedong and the reforms started by Deng Xiaoping). We <br />

will highlight the “Chinese revolutions” that marked 20 th -­‐century China: major <br />

political and military events, economic and social transformations, cultural <br />

mutations. <br />

54HI1252 – Indochinese Peninsula 1: The Formation <strong>of</strong> the States from the 9 th <br />

to the 19 th Century <br />

A. Forest <br />

<br />

116


The geographical milieu and its incidents. The influences and the sketch <strong>of</strong> different <br />

cultures (Hinduization, Sinisation). The continental empire <strong>of</strong> Angkor and the great <br />

upheavals <strong>of</strong> the 13 th -­‐19 th centuries. Religious and political systems (13-­‐19 th <br />

centuries). Comparative chronology. Economy and society. The crises <strong>of</strong> the 18 th <br />

century. <br />

54HI1742 – 16 th -Century France <br />

In mostly a politico-­‐religious historical perspective, this <strong>course</strong> will examine the <br />

monarchical construction and its difficulties, as well as study the rupture <strong>of</strong> the <br />

religious unity <strong>of</strong> the kingdom and its consequences. Without neglecting the social, <br />

economic, or cultural stakes, the main line <strong>of</strong> questioning this semester will be an <br />

elucidation <strong>of</strong> the complex relations between violence and power. <br />

LICENCE 2 <br />

54HI2343 – 19 th -Century History II <br />

M. Martini <br />

This <strong>course</strong> retraces the political, economic, and social upheavals that affected <br />

Europe during the “long” 19 th century, from the beginning <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century until <br />

the start <strong>of</strong> the First World War. We will study the different revolutions that shook <br />

up the European nations (political revolutions, agricultural revolutions, <br />

demographic changes, Industrial Revolution), as well as their social and institutional <br />

consequences. <br />

54HI2173 – 20 th -Century History II <br />

A. Lacroix-­‐Riz <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the political and cultural history <strong>of</strong> the contemporary world <br />

(20 th -­‐21 st centuries). We will study in particular the 20 th -­‐century wars, the history <strong>of</strong> <br />

the USSR from 1939 to 1985, fascisms, and international relations (second half <strong>of</strong> <br />

the 20 th century). <br />

54HI2203 – Initiation to Medieval Islam <br />

A. Caiozzo <br />

Summary <strong>of</strong> the program: situate the geographical and chronological framework <strong>of</strong> <br />

medieval Islam. Presentation <strong>of</strong> the foundations <strong>of</strong> the Muslim religion, and <strong>of</strong> the <br />

establishment <strong>of</strong> the Umayyad and Abbasid caliphates. <br />

54HI2213 – Sub-Saharan Africa II <br />

F. Rajaonah <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to the history <strong>of</strong> Sub-­‐Saharan Africa and <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Western Indian Ocean during the 19 th and 20 th centuries. We will analyze the <br />

<br />

117


processes <strong>of</strong> political integration, through the construction <strong>of</strong> the 19 th -­‐century <br />

empires or kingdoms. We will also study the reciprocal influences, the mixings and <br />

confrontations linked to European expansion. The last theme <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong> will <br />

concentrate on the resistance to colonial conquest. <br />

54HI2223 – India II <br />

C. Scalabrino <br />

Indianization: process and history: its extension, its limits <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will follow the historical shaping <strong>of</strong> India: <br />

− By a process <strong>of</strong> differentiation with the Iranian world <br />

− By extension <strong>of</strong> the “Vedic contract” to the rest <strong>of</strong> the Indian <br />

subcontinent <br />

− By sedimentation and contestation <strong>of</strong> the Brahmanic model in the <br />

Indian heterodoxies (Jainsim, Buddhism), but also in the genesis <strong>of</strong> <br />

classical Hinduism <br />

− By expansion <strong>of</strong> Indianization in the original forms throughout all <strong>of</strong> <br />

Southeast Asia, to the Himalayas to central Asia (notably thanks to the <br />

Buddhist heterodoxy) <br />

54HI2253 – History <strong>of</strong> Southeast Asia <br />

A. Forest. <br />

From the first contacts with Westerners to colonization <br />

C. Tran. <br />

Southeast Asian societies from independence to today <br />

54HI2953 – Greek History: The Classical City-State <br />

F. Gherchanoc <br />

Introduction to the Greek city-­‐state through the examples <strong>of</strong> Athens and Sparta to <br />

the classical period. Politics and conflicts, institutions, societies, economies, <br />

education <strong>of</strong> the youth, cultural and religious life. <br />

54HI2823 – Medieval History I <br />

M. Arnoux <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will introduce the study <strong>of</strong> political, economic, social, religious, and <br />

cultural structures <strong>of</strong> the medieval western world. We will study the period ranging <br />

from the rise <strong>of</strong> the Carolingians to the beginning <strong>of</strong> the 12 th century, concentrating <br />

on the rural world. <br />

54HI2744 – Modern France. The Crisis <strong>of</strong> the Old Regime and the Start <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Revolution, 1775-92 <br />

F. Gauthier <br />

<br />

118


The last decades <strong>of</strong> the Old Regime were marked by audacious reforms that all <br />

failed. The crumbling <strong>of</strong> the great institution <strong>of</strong> monarchy took place in several <br />

steps. We will study the first two, from July 1789 to August 1792. <br />

54HI2964 – Roman History: From the Foundation <strong>of</strong> Rome to the Punic Wars <br />

J-­‐P Vallat <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to situate the foundation <strong>of</strong> Rome among the great cit-­‐states <strong>of</strong> the <br />

ancient Mediterranean world, to study the myths and history <strong>of</strong> its origins. We will <br />

concentrate on the monarchal and republican institutions, on the role <strong>of</strong> war in the <br />

Italian and Western Mediterranean societies. <br />

54HI2834 – Medieval History II <br />

M. Vincent <br />

This introductory <strong>course</strong> follows the Medieval History I <strong>course</strong> from the preceding <br />

semester and will concentrate on the urban renewal (economy, society, civilization). <br />

We will study the period chronologically until the economic conjuncture in the <br />

beginning <strong>of</strong> the 14 th century, the two last centuries <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages being <br />

studied in the level Licence 3. <br />

LICENCE 3 <br />

43HI3095 – Medieval Economies and Societies (11 th – early 16 th centuries) <br />

M. Arnoux <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will concentrate on the themes <strong>of</strong> economic growth and the <br />

organization <strong>of</strong> work and production. Using documents <strong>of</strong> all kinds, we will try to <br />

find the original characteristics <strong>of</strong> the first European economy and to describe the <br />

construction <strong>of</strong> an apparatus <strong>of</strong> production in which the industrial-­‐like structures <br />

already played an important role during the 13 th , 14 th , and 15 th centuries. <br />

43HI3100 – Initiation to the Sources <strong>of</strong> Medieval History <br />

M. Arnoux <br />

Concentrating on medieval paleography, this <strong>course</strong> will focus on the general <br />

apprehension <strong>of</strong> manuscript sources from the Middle Ages. Given the nature <strong>of</strong> the <br />

sources, attendance is imperative. <br />

43HI3250 – Modern Paleography (16 th -18 th Centuries) <br />

N. Berezin <br />

For pedagogical reasons, this is an annual <strong>course</strong> that meets 1.5 hours per week. <br />

<br />

119


Necessary for students who hope to pursue a “Master” in modern history, <br />

paleography is learned by regular practice <strong>of</strong> reading ancient writing. This is also <br />

the opportunity for students to familiarize themselves with the various types <strong>of</strong> <br />

historical documents, and to review fundamental notions for the understanding <strong>of</strong> <br />

the modern period. <br />

43HI3356 – Science and Travel in the Modern Period (1650-1830) <br />

M-­‐N Bourguet <br />

In the history <strong>of</strong> the relations between Europe and the rest <strong>of</strong> the world in the <br />

modern period, travel plays a privileged role: it is one <strong>of</strong> the forms <strong>of</strong> discovery, <strong>of</strong> <br />

knowledge, and <strong>of</strong> appropriation. It also constructed the first type <strong>of</strong> globalization. <br />

Considered as an introduction to the historical study <strong>of</strong> the sciences, approached in <br />

the political, economic, social, and cultural context <strong>of</strong> its production, this <strong>course</strong> will <br />

analyze the status <strong>of</strong> the traveler, his institutional framework, the goals assigned to <br />

him, his relations with the other learned men and women who remained behind. <br />

43HI3085 – The Medieval Middle East. Institutions, Political Life, and Outside <br />

Policies (11 th – 13 th Centuries) <br />

A. Caiozzo <br />

In the 11 th century, when the Seljuk Turks controlled the Abbasid caliphate in <br />

Baghdad, a redefinition <strong>of</strong> powers was imposed: the sultanate then the emirates <strong>of</strong> <br />

Mesopotamian Syria (Artuqids, Zengids) took control <strong>of</strong> the temporal concerns <br />

while the caliphate remained the spiritual leader <strong>of</strong> the community. In the 12 th <br />

century, the Ayyubid sultans unified the Levant until the installation <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Mamelukes, soldier-­‐slaves but nonetheless gravediggers <strong>of</strong> the Roman Orient. We <br />

will study this page in the history <strong>of</strong> the Medieval Orient with texts and iconographic <br />

documents. <br />

43HI3366 – The Birth <strong>of</strong> the Modern State: The French Example (12 th – 15 th <br />

Century) <br />

A. Caiozzo <br />

In the 12 th century, the Capetians attempted to restore both their power and <br />

territorial unity. From Philippe Auguste to Charles VII, in a tormented context <strong>of</strong> <br />

rivalries between the Plantagenets and Capetians, the Hundred Years’ War, and the <br />

rebirth <strong>of</strong> territorial principalities, the modern State was born in which henceforth <br />

royal institutions triumphed: Parliament, Chambers <strong>of</strong> Accounts, army, etc. From <br />

then on, the idea <strong>of</strong> an indivisible and inalienable Crown worn by a cultivated and <br />

educated king whose image was renewed by Charles V by the thinkers and learned <br />

men at his service was established and maintained. <br />

43HI3236 – The Maghreb City (18 th – 20 th Centuries) <br />

O. Carlier <br />

<br />

120


Still massively rural, at the start <strong>of</strong> World War I, the old societies <strong>of</strong> Northern Africa <br />

became mostly urban in the 1980s. However, we will attempt to look at this <br />

transformation from a double secular, temporal viewpoint, in order to measure the <br />

mutation <strong>of</strong> the urban system and <strong>of</strong> the urban culture <strong>of</strong> the Maghreb, and, in turn, <br />

we will point out the moments and the modalities <strong>of</strong> their successive tensions and <br />

reconfigurations. <br />

43HI3186 – Initiation to Urban History: Contemporary Paris <br />

E. Cohen <br />

We will study Paris from 1830 to today and give a comparative perspective with <br />

other European capitals (Berlin and London in particular). From there, we will work <br />

on different aspects: urbanism from Haussmann to today, the city as a political and <br />

cultural capital, urban society, the images <strong>of</strong> cities (film, photography). This <strong>course</strong> <br />

will be taught in collaboration with the Archives <strong>of</strong> Paris and the Old Paris <br />

Commission. <br />

43HI3195 – State and Political Society in France in the 20 th Century <br />

E. Cohen <br />

This <strong>course</strong> focuses on the political and cultural history <strong>of</strong> France from 1870 to <br />

today: the Third Republic, the Dreyfus Affair, World War I, the 1930s crisis, Vichy <br />

France, “reconstruction” after 1944, “instability” <strong>of</strong> the Fourth Republic, France and <br />

the Indochina and Algerian Wars, and Gaullism before and after 1948. Some <br />

sessions will concentrate on archival analysis (audiovisual) in regard to the history <br />

<strong>of</strong> television as a political factor. <br />

43HI3515/43HI3516 – Methodology I: Historiography <br />

A-­‐E Demartini <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is constructed around a historiographical approach, which traces the <br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the ways to conceive <strong>of</strong>, to do and to write history since the founding <br />

period in ancient Greece until today, and which underscores the novel sectors <strong>of</strong> <br />

current historical research (cultural history, history <strong>of</strong> sensibilities, history <strong>of</strong> the <br />

present, etc.). As a result, this <strong>course</strong> will present opportunities to reflect on the <br />

historian’s pr<strong>of</strong>ession, its methods and stakes, and on the essential epistemological <br />

questions: historical truth, scientificity <strong>of</strong> history, historic objectivity, history and <br />

narrative, etc. <br />

43HI3015 – The Birth <strong>of</strong> the Greek City-State (12 th – 6 th Centuries): The <br />

Invention <strong>of</strong> Politics <br />

C. Darbo-­‐Pechanski <br />

From the crumbling <strong>of</strong> a world and the necessity to find new forms <strong>of</strong> social life, how <br />

was the first civilization based on political speech born? This <strong>course</strong> will investigate <br />

1) the invention <strong>of</strong> the majority citizen assemblies; 2) oral or written law, which <br />

<br />

121


established a sort <strong>of</strong> barrier against the temptation for tyranny or civil war, and 3) <br />

the foundation <strong>of</strong> new city-­‐states. <br />

43HI3056 – Religion and Society in Ancient Greece <br />

P. Ellinger <br />

We will highlight the central role <strong>of</strong> religion in the Greek city-­‐state through the <br />

study <strong>of</strong> common cultural practices and the spaces where they took place, which <br />

regulated the individual and collective life during times <strong>of</strong> peace and war and which, <br />

with the solutions to uncertainty it proposed, <strong>of</strong>fered an escape from the constraints <br />

<strong>of</strong> human life. <br />

We will study the following themes: sacrifice, the central act <strong>of</strong> the Greek religion <br />

and civic celebration; sanctuaries in the city and the country; religion and age, rites <br />

<strong>of</strong> passage and initiation; Dionysism, mysteries, and oracles; the forms <strong>of</strong> <br />

contestation to the religious system and even <strong>of</strong> the city-­‐state (Orphism and <br />

Pythagorism). <br />

43HI3475 – History <strong>of</strong> Southeast Asia: Situations and Dis<strong>course</strong>s <strong>of</strong> <br />

Domination <br />

A. Forest <br />

When it comes to Southeast Asia, one must study the different forms <strong>of</strong> dis<strong>course</strong> <br />

and “intellectual” practices produced by the Westerners and justifying their <br />

domination We will study notions such as the object, orientations, and <br />

consequences <strong>of</strong> Orientalism; the means <strong>of</strong> affirmation <strong>of</strong> religious superiority; <br />

writing local history; the production <strong>of</strong> stereotypes (despotism, justice and torture, <br />

religious relativism, portraits <strong>of</strong> the indigenous peoples); racial and ethnic <br />

classifications; situating the indigenous woman in the written word, etc. <br />

43HI3155 – The French Revolution: International Dimensions <br />

F. Gauthier <br />

The development <strong>of</strong> the revolutionary “right <strong>of</strong> the people,” 1792-­‐1804. What does it <br />

mean, the “right <strong>of</strong> the people?” From the critique <strong>of</strong> “European public law,” <br />

conquering and colonialist (Mably), to the birth <strong>of</strong> “cosmopolitical law” and a “civil <br />

society <strong>of</strong> nations” (Kant). From anti-­‐colonialism to the right <strong>of</strong> peoples not to be <br />

stopped from giving themselves the constitution <strong>of</strong> their choice. <br />

43HI3346 – History <strong>of</strong> Freedom and Human Rights in the Modern Period (16 th <br />

– 18 th Centuries) <br />

F. Gauthier <br />

The shock <strong>of</strong> the “discovery” <strong>of</strong> America (1492), followed by crimes committed by <br />

Europeans, shattered the very idea <strong>of</strong> humanity. Born between the two sides <strong>of</strong> the <br />

Atlantic, the notions <strong>of</strong> human rights and freedom were created and debated from <br />

the 16 th to the 18 th centuries. We will follow these debates through a selection <strong>of</strong> the <br />

<br />

122


conquest <strong>of</strong> these rights and the obstacles they encountered in Spain, England, and <br />

France. <br />

43HI3036 – Mores and Society in the Greek World <br />

F. Gherchanoc <br />

Using literary sources and institutional texts, we will analyze in particular the <br />

history and anthropology <strong>of</strong> the family, the social categories (problems <strong>of</strong> identity <br />

and gender: the youth, the elderly, the citizens, the women, the slaves, the relations <br />

between masculine and feminine), the representations <strong>of</strong> the body, the ways to <br />

behave at home and in the public space, and the political practices in the Greek city-­states<br />

during the archaic and classical times. <br />

43HI3306/43HI3316 – Introduction to Ancient Sources for Historians <br />

F. Gherchanoc, P. Torrens <br />

This <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers a discovery <strong>of</strong> Greek and/or Latin languages through the study <strong>of</strong> <br />

literary and epigraphic texts that elucidate Greek and Roman history and <br />

civilization. The <strong>course</strong> is intended for those who will specialize in ancient history. <br />

For pedagogical reasons, these are yearlong <strong>course</strong>s. <br />

43HI3215 – African Mutations (Western and Central Africa) <br />

O. Goerg <br />

Urban Dynamics in Africa: From the 19 th Century to World War II <br />

Urbanization in Africa has ancient roots on which colonial foundations <strong>of</strong>ten were <br />

built. Using various documents (photography, archives, statistics), this <strong>course</strong> aims <br />

to highlight the diversity <strong>of</strong> cities before colonialism to then follow the development <br />

and modifications. The creation <strong>of</strong> new cities by colonizers will also be studied. <br />

Numerous themes will be examined: demographics, administration <strong>of</strong> cities, <br />

economy and urbanism, segregation, architectural changes, and cultural data. <br />

43HI3176 – Economy and Society in Africa <br />

O. Goerg <br />

Urban Dynamics in Africa: From the 1940s to Recent Developments <br />

Urban expansion, both spatial and demographic, is one <strong>of</strong> the major characteristics <br />

<strong>of</strong> the 20 th century in Africa. It accelerated in the 1940s and now affects nearly half <br />

<strong>of</strong> the population. Starting with the changes that took place during the late colonial <br />

period (1945-­‐60), this <strong>course</strong> will analyze the developments after independence. <br />

We will also analyze both the spatial policies (urbanism, segregation or zoning, <br />

architecture, housing) and the powers and societies (demography, administrative <br />

management, economic activities, pastimes). <br />

<br />

123


43HI3295 – The Major Social Doctrines in Contemporary French Society (19 th <br />

– 20 th Century) <br />

A. Gueslin <br />

For a long time, the most unfortunate did not have a history because they did not <br />

leave any direct written trace. The fundamental recent research, which explores <br />

indirect traces, allows us to evaluate these excluded peoples. This <strong>course</strong> aims to <br />

analyze their practices and mentalities in the 19 th and 20 th centuries. <br />

43HI3276 – The Great Social Doctrines in 19 th -Century France <br />

A. Gueslin <br />

We will analyze the movements <strong>of</strong> thought that react to and search the means <strong>of</strong> <br />

adaptation to industrialization in the 19 th century: “beneficial liberalism” <br />

[“libéralisme bienfaisant”], social Christianity, utopian socialism and solidarism. <br />

43HI3205 – Gender, Love, and Sexuality <br />

G. Houbre <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the history <strong>of</strong> the practices and representation <strong>of</strong> libertinage <br />

during the Roaring Twenties, privileging gender, in other words the social and <br />

cultural construction <strong>of</strong> sexual identities (femininity/virility) and the definition <strong>of</strong> <br />

relations between men and women. The <strong>course</strong> will analyze, among other themes, <br />

sentimental education <strong>of</strong> boys and girls, learning about sexuality, homosexuality, <br />

marriage, maternity, adultery, or prostitution. Relying largely on a variety <strong>of</strong> sources <br />

from police and judicial archives, lithographs, caricatures, private diaries, <br />

correspondences, normative dis<strong>course</strong>s, etc., we will also introduce methodology for <br />

the Masters. <br />

43HI3045 – Cultural and Religious Practices in the Roman World <br />

V. Huet <br />

The Roman religions were linked to communitarian practices: all religious acts were <br />

accomplished by a group, just like all communitarian acts (transaction, war, etc.) <br />

possessed a religious aspect. Thus religious rituals regulated the Romans’ political, <br />

economic, and social lives. We will concentrate on precise rituals (sacrifices, <br />

marriage and funeral rites): we will study their dynamics in space and time, their <br />

agents (priests, magistrates, citizens, slaves), their relations with the gods <br />

(conservatism and evolution). We will rely on a variety <strong>of</strong> documents including <br />

literature, epigraphs, archeology, and iconography. <br />

43HI3065 – Iconography and History. Reading Images and Monuments in the <br />

Roman West <br />

V. Huet <br />

<br />

124


How does one write Roman “history” from picturesque monuments? How are <br />

images developed? What role do they play in society? What is their status? How are <br />

images perceived? Can we speak <strong>of</strong> propaganda in Rome? Are public and private <br />

images different? These are the type <strong>of</strong> questions that will allow us to have a <br />

methodological and historical approach to visual sources. While widening the <br />

approach <strong>of</strong> these questions in the Western world (in order to take account for the <br />

problem <strong>of</strong> the diffusion <strong>of</strong> images in the Roman world), we will concentrate <br />

specifically on the city <strong>of</strong> Rome, under Augustus and into 2AD. <br />

43HI3406 – History <strong>of</strong> the Inter-European Relations and Europe: The United <br />

States from the end <strong>of</strong> the 19 th Century to the Cold War <br />

A. Lacroix-­‐Riz <br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the international relations from WWII to the Cold War (1940-­‐end <strong>of</strong> <br />

1950): the height <strong>of</strong> the “American century” and the weakness <strong>of</strong> the Soviet winner <br />

<strong>of</strong> WWII (examination <strong>of</strong> the German question; discussion <strong>of</strong> the concepts <strong>of</strong> spheres <br />

<strong>of</strong> influence, “superpowers” <strong>of</strong> the Cold War). We will also concentrate on the <br />

contribution <strong>of</strong> the massive opening <strong>of</strong> the sources <strong>of</strong> renewing historiography <strong>of</strong> <br />

international relations; we will stress the influence <strong>of</strong> foreign historiography, <br />

notably Anglo-­‐Saxon, in the apprehension and the critique <strong>of</strong> the concepts <br />

mentioned above. <br />

43HI3496 – History <strong>of</strong> the Caribbean <br />

J. Lirus-­‐Galap <br />

Consequence <strong>of</strong> the “discovery” <strong>of</strong> the so-­‐called New World, and the systematic <br />

territorial appropriation <strong>of</strong> it by all the competing European powers, the maritime <br />

space called the Caribbean – between South and North America – is a new world. <br />

The first insular space that was globalized in the modern era. <br />

43HI3395 – Speech in the Middle Ages: Practices <strong>of</strong> Communication and <br />

Practices <strong>of</strong> Transmission in medieval society (13 th -15 th Century) <br />

M. Bouhaïk <br />

The question <strong>of</strong> apprenticeship, <strong>of</strong> the transmission and <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> <br />

speech is fundamental to study a society in which a majority <strong>of</strong> the population has a <br />

complex but indirect relation to the written word, while the minority, the learned, is <br />

aware <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional practices link both to speech and the book. This <strong>course</strong> is <br />

constructed around an examination <strong>of</strong> social, cultural, intellectual, and pr<strong>of</strong>essional <br />

practices <strong>of</strong> four emblematic figures <strong>of</strong> the “pr<strong>of</strong>essions <strong>of</strong> speech:” the predicator, <br />

the pr<strong>of</strong>essor, the lawyer, and the actor, in order to understand the systems <strong>of</strong> <br />

communication in medieval society and the systems <strong>of</strong> transmission <strong>of</strong> medieval <br />

culture. We will pay particular attention to the question <strong>of</strong> the recording conditions <br />

<strong>of</strong> this speech in the sources. <br />

<br />

125


43HI3326 – Social History <strong>of</strong> the Middle Ages: Health, Medicine, and Society <br />

M. Van der Lugt <br />

In our society where the AIDS pandemic, and “mad cow” and SARS epidemics had a <br />

marked effect on society and the world economy, it is useful to ask ourselves how <br />

other societies, in other periods, responded to illness. The Black Death constitutes a <br />

major rupture in medieval history and inspired rich and contradictory debates. This <br />

<strong>course</strong> will examine the questions and methods <strong>of</strong> historical demographics, <strong>of</strong> the <br />

history <strong>of</strong> diet, etc., and will study the birth <strong>of</strong> the hospital, a medieval creation with <br />

a rich future. <br />

43HI3265 – History and Information Technology <br />

I. Mandé <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an extension <strong>of</strong> the methods <strong>of</strong> collection, treatment, and presentation <br />

<strong>of</strong> data. The structuring <strong>of</strong> research data in a database, the initiation to the usage <strong>of</strong> a <br />

computer management system and the presentation <strong>of</strong> historical research in <br />

multimedia form are the major points this <strong>course</strong> will develop. <br />

43HI3375 – Mobility and Dependence in Southern Societies <br />

I. Mandé <br />

This <strong>course</strong> studies the dynamic <strong>of</strong> international massive population movement in <br />

developing countries. It presents the tools and methods put to use in the humanities <br />

and social sciences to understand the different temporalities <strong>of</strong> complex processes. <br />

We will examine the impact <strong>of</strong> European colonization, notably by the transformation <br />

<strong>of</strong> the migrations <strong>of</strong> communities <strong>of</strong> workers, emigration in international relations <br />

and treaties in the 19 th and 20 th centuries. The last part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong> will study the <br />

migratory circulation, notably in incentive factors (public policy, role <strong>of</strong> collectivities <br />

and network, familial and individual strategies), the study <strong>of</strong> demonstrations <br />

(movement <strong>of</strong> populations, <strong>of</strong> goods and information), and the effects <strong>of</strong> migration <br />

circulation on the development <strong>of</strong> the regions <strong>of</strong> emigration. <br />

43HI3285 – History <strong>of</strong> Migrations in Europe (19 th -20 th Centuries) <br />

M. Martini <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims to understand the main characteristics <strong>of</strong> the European migratory <br />

phenomenon first by giving a general panorama <strong>of</strong> population movement and their <br />

destinations in and out <strong>of</strong> Europe from the mid-­‐19 th century to the end <strong>of</strong> the 20 th . <br />

From an institutional point <strong>of</strong> view, we will analyze the historical roots <strong>of</strong> national <br />

differences vis-­‐à-­‐vis citizenship and migratory politics in Europe. <br />

43HI3505 – History <strong>of</strong> the American City <br />

M. Meigs <br />

<br />

126


This <strong>course</strong> traces the evolution <strong>of</strong> the cities in North America as the transplantation <br />

<strong>of</strong> European models and ideals placed, in the beginning, under the pressure <strong>of</strong> new <br />

geographical, economic, and political forces. The history <strong>of</strong> cities will serve as a <br />

laboratory for the study <strong>of</strong> the paradox <strong>of</strong> the development <strong>of</strong> anti-­‐urban culture – <br />

expressed by the Puritans, Thomas Jefferson, R.W. Emerson, Henry David Thoreau… <br />

and more recently by the Republican party – yet in a country so urbanized, so <br />

commercial, and so industrialized. <br />

43HI3225/43HI3456 – Modern and Contemporary History <strong>of</strong> Latin America <br />

Z. Moutoukias <br />

Since the European invasion <strong>of</strong> the continent and until the most recent political <br />

experiences, Latin America has been marked by a series <strong>of</strong> peripheral modernities. <br />

Apparently, these last years have been the result <strong>of</strong> waves <strong>of</strong> religious, political, and <br />

economic globalization. However, when we look at the social phenomenon, these <br />

latter years make us understand them from inside the local logic. The two <strong>course</strong>s <br />

that integrate modern and contemporary history <strong>of</strong> Latin America will analyze the <br />

tensions between apparent cultural homogeneity and the characteristics <strong>of</strong> local <br />

processes. <br />

43HI3225 – Latin America and Spain in the Modern Period: The Hispanic <br />

Empire and Latino-American Independences (1 st Semester) <br />

The independences in Hispanic America seem, on the one hand, to be a phenomenon <br />

<strong>of</strong> political globalization, and, on the other, a juxtaposition <strong>of</strong> local dynamics. From <br />

this schema, this <strong>course</strong> will analyze the structure <strong>of</strong> actors and the context <strong>of</strong> their <br />

actions on three axes: the evolution <strong>of</strong> internal economies and their modes <strong>of</strong> <br />

insertion in the world economy; the international stakes and the role <strong>of</strong> new <br />

imperial powers (notably England); the configuration <strong>of</strong> social groups and political <br />

mutations. <br />

43HI3456 – Contemporary History <strong>of</strong> Latin America: Political Dynamics and <br />

Economic Stakes in the Second Half <strong>of</strong> the 20 th Century (2 nd Semester) <br />

Between the 1950s and 2000, the social changes, the political dynamics, and <br />

economic evolution seem to lead Latin America towards a convergence <strong>of</strong> the modes <br />

<strong>of</strong> government and <strong>of</strong> insertion in the world economy. However, during this half-­century,<br />

we also have seen specific forms <strong>of</strong> social movements and contestation, <br />

authoritarianism and parliamentary regimes appear that affect, to mention a few, <br />

the position <strong>of</strong> each country in the international context. This <strong>course</strong> will analyze the <br />

interaction between the long-­‐term evolutions and local political actions. <br />

43HI3335 – History <strong>of</strong> Modern Europe II: Renaissance and Baroque Cities <br />

M-­‐L Pelus-­‐Kaplan <br />

<br />

127


Renaissance, Baroque, and Classicism are three sides <strong>of</strong> the same coin that give new <br />

value to artistic forms from Antiquity, within a Europe unified by the gothic. The <br />

former are reinterpreted in connection with the cultural and religious evolutions <strong>of</strong> <br />

the 16 th and 17 th centuries. <br />

43HI3486 – History <strong>of</strong> Modern Europe III: Central and Eastern Europe in the <br />

Renaissance <br />

M-­‐L Pelus-­‐Kaplan <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will first trace the geopolitical structures <strong>of</strong> central and eastern Europe <br />

and their evolution when, in the east and the south, Europe was threatened by <br />

Muscovite and Ottoman expansion. The attempts <strong>of</strong> institutional reorganization in <br />

States that were directly threatened, the Holy Roman Empire and the Polono-­‐<br />

Lithuanian Commonwealth, were put into peril by the religious explosion that <br />

affected the “Roman” Christianity <strong>of</strong> the 16 th Century. <br />

43HI3445 – Austral and Eastern Africa and the Indian Ocean Islands (19 th -20 th <br />

Centuries) <br />

F. Rajaonah <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will examine nationalisms and the question <strong>of</strong> the nation in this part <strong>of</strong> <br />

Sub-­‐Saharan Africa from just after WWII until the 1970s, in the context <strong>of</strong> <br />

decolonization, the emergence <strong>of</strong> sovereign states but also the tensions between <br />

communities with strong feelings <strong>of</strong> identity. We will pay particular attention to the <br />

questions <strong>of</strong> cultural order. <br />

43HI3465 – The Contemporary Indian World (19 th -20 th Century) <br />

C. Scalabrino <br />

This <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers students an introduction to the history <strong>of</strong> the Indian world in the <br />

19 th and 20 th centuries: major events, cultural mutations, economic and social <br />

transformations. The goal is to allow students to think about the constitution <strong>of</strong> <br />

nationalisms <strong>of</strong> the Indian subcontinent and the importance <strong>of</strong> the Gandhi <br />

phenomenon in the formation <strong>of</strong> the Indian Union and its contemporary dynamic. <br />

43HI3246 – Introduction to the History <strong>of</strong> International Relations in Eastern <br />

Asia (1945 to today) <br />

T. Tran <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to the history <strong>of</strong> International Relations in Eastern <br />

Asia from the end <strong>of</strong> WWII. After an introduction to the very concept <strong>of</strong> eastern Asia, <br />

we will study two periods: the period <strong>of</strong> the Cold War marked by the emergence <strong>of</strong> a <br />

world dominated by bipolarity, China being the actor <strong>of</strong> tripolarity, and the period <br />

after the Cold War marked by the rapid economic ascension <strong>of</strong> the region. <br />

<br />

128


43HI3026 – The Roman World and the Mediterranean: Politics, Institutions, <br />

and Societies <br />

J-­‐P Vallat <br />

Conceived to prolong and complete the initial <strong>course</strong> given in L1 and L2, this <strong>course</strong> <br />

will examine essentially two centuries from the Gracchi brothers to the death <strong>of</strong> <br />

Nero (133 BCE – 68 AD). We will thus study first the civic framework and the rise <strong>of</strong> <br />

personal power. We will then consider the new institutions, their evolution, as well <br />

as the administration <strong>of</strong> provinces in the imperial context. <br />

43HI3146 – History <strong>of</strong> Modern Europe I: 16 th -Century Italy <br />

R. Villard <br />

We will study the establishment <strong>of</strong> political and cultural systems in the Italian <br />

peninsula, divided into regional powers and confetti States, progressively placed <br />

under the influence <strong>of</strong> neighboring powers, which functioned like a laboratory <strong>of</strong> <br />

new practices <strong>of</strong> power. This <strong>course</strong> will be above all a cultural history <strong>of</strong> politics, <br />

without neglecting the economic and social stakes. <br />

43HI3116 – Religion and Society: Women, Priests, and the Church in the <br />

Middle Ages (12 th -15 th Centuries) <br />

M. Vincent-­‐Cassy <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study first the origins <strong>of</strong> clerical dis<strong>course</strong> about the sinful woman <br />

and then the typically feminine and secular forms <strong>of</strong> piety (recluses, beguines, <br />

penitents, prophetesses, …) which allowed the papacy to recognize a specific <br />

religiosity <strong>of</strong> women and to promote, at the end <strong>of</strong> the 13 th century, the canonization <br />

<strong>of</strong> secular saints. <br />

54HI12800 – Introduction to Art and Archeology (Semester 2) <br />

V. Huet <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an introduction to the methodological problems <strong>of</strong> art history, <br />

archeology, and museology. The study <strong>of</strong> the status <strong>of</strong> the image is envisioned <br />

through the interaction <strong>of</strong> the artist/artisan, <strong>of</strong> the sponsor, and <strong>of</strong> the spectator. <br />

The birth <strong>of</strong> archeology, the notion <strong>of</strong> national and cultural heritage, and the <br />

creation <strong>of</strong> museums make up the second half <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong>: a visit-­‐conference at the <br />

Louvre will be organized. <br />

54HI2510 – Introduction to Contemporary Africa (Semester 1) <br />

I. Mande <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims toward a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the current problems and stakes <br />

to which the African continent gives rise. We will introduce the critical reading <strong>of</strong> <br />

the history <strong>of</strong> southern Africa and the Sahara and an analysis <strong>of</strong> the economic, <br />

political, social, and cultural stakes that represent the focal point for studies and <br />

<br />

129


debates between specialists in the humanities and social sciences <strong>of</strong> African <br />

societies. <br />

54HI2970 – Ancient Citizenship (Semester 1) <br />

V. Huet, C. Darbo-­‐Peschanski <br />

Summary <strong>of</strong> the program: this <strong>course</strong> aims, starting with the example <strong>of</strong> ancient <br />

citizenship, to raise awareness <strong>of</strong> the problems <strong>of</strong> politics, the exercise <strong>of</strong> democratic <br />

power, and the different forms <strong>of</strong> integration in the city-­‐state (foreigners, women, <br />

social differentiations and exclusions). We will make comparisons with <br />

contemporary societies, notably to evaluate the influence that the ancient city-­‐state <br />

has on the foundations <strong>of</strong> current-­‐day Europe. <br />

LITERATURE<br />

LICENCE 1 <br />

54LM1111 – Analysis <strong>of</strong> Texts <br />

E. Marty <br />

This <strong>course</strong> (3 hours per week) aims to develop literary analysis and the oral and <br />

written textual explication. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Marivaux. La seconde surprise de l’amour. Ed. Libre. <br />

• Apollinaire, Guillaume. Alcools. Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

54LM1121 – Literary History I <br />

A. Paupert, Guiomar Hautcoeur <br />

The <strong>course</strong>s will analyze the stakes <strong>of</strong> main works <strong>of</strong> French and European <br />

literature in a diachronic way from the point <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> form, genre, and context. A <br />

list <strong>of</strong> documents will be distributed to at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the semester. <br />

54LC1110 – Comparative Literature <br />

Group 1: C. Pinçonnat <br />

The novella, narrative <strong>of</strong> ordinary life <br />

Since the second half <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century, the novella writer has been defined as a <br />

writer “who works on nothingness, the almost nothingness and who this way <br />

reaches the essence <strong>of</strong> things” [“qui travaille sur le rien, le presque rien et qui par ce <br />

biais touché l’essentiel”]. Tchekov was arguably the first to take “the normal, <br />

ordinary people, at the peak <strong>of</strong> what matters” [“le quelconque, le tout-­‐venant, au <br />

sommet de ce qui importe”], and to make the novella both a moral and a poetic <br />

<br />

130


object. We will study three collections <strong>of</strong> novellas starting with this major paradox: <br />

two are close to each other, since Carver considered Tchekhov as one <strong>of</strong> his masters, <br />

and a third who developed a different outlook, more mythical, suited to the French <br />

writer Le Clézio. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Tchekov, A. Le Duel et autres nouvelles. Folio [1433]. <br />

• Le Clézio, JMG. La Ronde et autres faits divers. Folio [2148]. <br />

• Carver, R. Les Vitamines du bonheur. Livre de Poche, “Biblio.” <br />

Group 2: N. Corréard <br />

Travel Fictions (17 th -­‐18 th Centuries) <br />

The great maritime explorations <strong>of</strong> modern times have brought the European novel <br />

to generate new fictional worlds. Paradoxically, the discovery <strong>of</strong> the unknown <br />

passes for the surprising rediscovery <strong>of</strong> classical culture (starting with Homer’s The <br />

Odyssey and Lucian’s True History); insular geography gives rise to archipelagic <br />

knowledge; the monstrosities <strong>of</strong> beyond, through satire, return to this world; the <br />

incredible journeys questions the frontiers <strong>of</strong> belief. From the Renaissance to the <br />

Enlightenment, Rabelais’ and Swift’s navigations hesitate between wandering and <br />

return, between narrative and utopia, between fascination and demystification. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Rabelais. Le Quart Livre. Ed. G. Defaux. Le Livre de Poche, “Bibliothèque <br />

Classique,” 1994. <br />

• Swift. Les Voyages de Gulliver. Trans. G. Villeneuve. Flammarion, “GF,” 1997. <br />

Group 3: M. Sag <br />

Rome on Stage <br />

Why Rome? Why, from the Renaissance on, did the <strong>English</strong> and French playwrights <br />

take their subjects from the history <strong>of</strong> this city-­‐Empire? We will question the formal <br />

characteristics and the evolutions <strong>of</strong> the political tragedies with a Roman subject in <br />

the Shakespeare and Voltaire. How do we pass from history to tragic fiction? In <br />

relation to other modes <strong>of</strong> representation (history, moral) can theater say about <br />

Rome? Why are the moments in which Rome turned against itself are they <br />

privileged subjects for these writers? <br />

The comparison will <strong>of</strong>fer the opportunity for students to discover or review the <br />

major events in Roman history and to introduce themselves to intertextual readings <br />

(study <strong>of</strong> the relations to ancient texts: ambivalent rewriting <strong>of</strong> Shakespeare by <br />

Voltaire; analysis <strong>of</strong> Mankiewicz’s film Julius Caesar, an adaptation <strong>of</strong> Shakespeare). <br />

Texts: <br />

• Shakespeare. Jules César. Trans. Yves Bonnefoy. Folio/Théâtre, 1995. <br />

• Corneille. Cinna. Ed. Georges Forestier. Folio/Classique, 2005. <br />

<br />

131


• Voltaire. La mort de César. www.voltaire-­‐integral.com (Théâtre complet), or <br />

distributed in class. <br />

• Complementary Reading: Students are invited to study other Shakespearian <br />

Roman tragedies (Coriolan, Antoine et Cléopâtre) and Corneille (Horace, La <br />

mort de Pompée, Sertorius). <br />

Group 4: R. Salado <br />

Fictions <strong>of</strong> Extreme Solitude <br />

Hugo’s hero condemned to death, Dostoevsky’s man in the underground, Kafka’s <br />

buried creature: three figures <strong>of</strong> relegation, <strong>of</strong> separation from others and in the <br />

most radical way. These are three original literary experiences as well, in which <br />

writing is maintained in monolog form as much as possible and gives the character <br />

uncertain shapes. This <strong>course</strong> will target the modalities <strong>of</strong> these fictions that explore <br />

in their own ways the condition <strong>of</strong> the speaking subject grappling with the world. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Hugo, V. Le dernier jour d’un condamné. Ed. Guy Rosa. Livre de poche [6646], <br />

Classique de poche, 1989. <br />

• Dostoevsky, F. Carnets du sous-­‐sol. Trans. André Markowicz. Actes Sud, 1992. <br />

• Kafka, Franz. “Le Terrier.” In La Muraille de Chine et autres récits. Folio. <br />

54PH1210 – Reading Philosophical Texts <br />

P. Hochart <br />

Group 1: F. Perez <br />

• Plato. Phédon. Ed. M. Dixsaut. GF. <br />

Group 2: P. Hochart <br />

• Freud. Psychologie des foules et analyses du moi. In Essais de psychanalyse. <br />

PBP. <br />

Group 3: B. Sichère <br />

• Nietzsche. Le Gai savoir. Folio. <br />

Group 4: M. Rueff <br />

• Hume, David. Enquête sur l’entendement humain. Ed. D. Deleule. Paris: Livre <br />

de Poche, 1999. <br />

18 th Century: Conflicts and Fidelity in the 18 th -­‐Century Novel <br />

“Experimental” novel, “libertine” novel, “sentimental” or “philosophical” novel: the <br />

18 th century gives the novel its full power. We will posit that this privileged form <br />

corresponds to select content: fidelity – fidelity to oneself, fidelity to others. This <br />

question is not a simple one. It is vital. Several models <strong>of</strong> fidelity oppose each other <br />

<br />

132


and each one involves a definition <strong>of</strong> personal identity. We will follow this track <br />

through several masterpieces <strong>of</strong> novelistic art <strong>of</strong> the 18 th century. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Marivaux. La vie de Marianne. 1728-­‐42. Ed. J. Dagen. Folio Classique, 1997. <br />

• Prévost. Histoire du chevalier Des Grieux et de Manon Lescault. 1731. Ed. H. <br />

Coulet. GF-­‐Flammarion, 1978. <br />

• Diderot. Les bijoux indiscrets. Ed. J.-­‐J. Hamm. GF-­‐Flammarion, 1993. <br />

• Crébillion. La nuit et le moment. Le hasard au coin du feu. Ed. J. Dagen. GF-­‐<br />

Flammarion, 1993. <br />

• Rousseau. Julie ou la Nouvelle Héloïse. 1761. Ed. H. Coulet. Folio, 2001. <br />

• Choderlos de Laclos. Les liaisons dangereuses. 1782. ed. M. Delon. Livre de <br />

Poche, 2002. <br />

• Bernardin de Saint-­‐Pierre. Paul et Virginie. 1787. ed. J.-­‐M. Racault. Livre de <br />

Poche, 1999. <br />

54LM1321 – Text and Image <br />

A-­‐M Christin <br />

Introduction to comparative analysis <strong>of</strong> writing and image. Elementary material <strong>of</strong> <br />

painting: representation and perception. The writers and the visible: description, <br />

transposition <strong>of</strong> art in poetry, illustration. Studied texts (by Baudelaire, the <br />

Goncourt brothers, Verlaine, Rimbaud) will be distributed in photocopy form. <br />

Theoretical bibliography will be commented in class. <br />

Main Reference Works: <br />

• Passeron, René. L’œuvre picturale ou les Fonctions de l’apparence. Vrin. <br />

• Francastel, Pierre. Peinture et société. Denoël. <br />

54LM1300 – Reading the Tale <br />

B. Bricout <br />

What is a oral literature? What are the functions <strong>of</strong> the tale in traditional and in our <br />

own societies? <br />

Introduction to various methods <strong>of</strong> analysis and questions that the tale raises. <br />

Transcription and adaptation. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Perrault, Charles. Contes. G-­‐F. <br />

• Grimm. Contes. G-­‐F. <br />

• Pourrat, Henri. Contes. Gallimard, « Folio. » <br />

Photocopies : Versions <strong>of</strong> French and foreign oral traditions. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Bettelheim, Bruno. Psychanalyse des contes de fées. Robert Laffont, 1976. <br />

<br />

133


• Bricout, Bernadette. La clé des contes. Editions du Seuil, 2005. <br />

• Flahault, François. La pensée des contes. Anthropos, coll. « Psychanalyse, » <br />

2001. <br />

• Péju, Pierre. La Petite Fille dans la forêt des contes. Robert Laffont, 1981. <br />

• Propp, Vladimir. Morphologie du conte. Seuil, 1970. <br />

• Soriano, Marc. Les contes de Perrault. Culture savante et traditions <br />

populaires. Gallimard, 1968. <br />

• Velay-­‐Valentin, Catherine. L’Histoire des contes. Paris: Fayard, 1992. <br />

• Verdier, Yvonne. Façons de dire, façons de faire. Gallimard, 1979. <br />

54LM1341 – Film Studies <br />

M. Buffat <br />

Study <strong>of</strong> an Author: Max Ophuls <br />

We will study three films by Max Ophuls: Lettre d’une inconnue (1948), Le Plaisir <br />

(1952), and Madame de… (1953). <br />

Three or four lessons will be dedicated to each film. In the first, we will discuss the <br />

entire film, and in the others we will analyze different scenes. <br />

54LM1212 – Reading the Novel <br />

Anny Dayan-­‐Rosenman <br />

This <strong>course</strong>, conceived as a continuation <strong>of</strong> “Analysis <strong>of</strong> Texts,” will study the <br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> the narrative genre through two works from very different <br />

periods, one from the second half <strong>of</strong> the 18 th century that uses the picaresque genre, <br />

and the other which renews the novelistic form in the 19 th century in the context <strong>of</strong> <br />

post-­‐revolutionary Romanticism. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Diderot. Jacques le Fataliste. Le Livre de Poche. <br />

• Stendhal. Le Rouge et le Noir. Folio Gallimard. <br />

54LC1110 – Comparative Literature <br />

C. Pinçonnat <br />

Group 5: J. Delabroy <br />

Mankind Translated <br />

We will look at three contemporary fictional texts from different linguistic areas <br />

(Francophone, Anglophone, Portuguese), to sketch out, partially at least, the current <br />

conditions <strong>of</strong> postcolonial writing: how can we situate these (in)dependent texts – <br />

and thus, what words or forms do they use, and what are their dis<strong>course</strong>s and <br />

representations? <br />

Texts: <br />

• Chamoiseau, Patrick. Texaco. Gallimard. <br />

• Roy, Arundhati. Le Dieu des Petits Riens. Gallimard. <br />

<br />

134


• Couto, Mia. Les Baleines de Quissico. 10-­‐18, « Domaine étrangère ». <br />

Group 6: C. Thimonnier <br />

Police Forms <strong>of</strong> the Contemporary Novel <br />

The police narrative and the investigation model infiltrated a large number <strong>of</strong> <br />

fictional texts produced in the 1980s and 90s. Of <strong>course</strong>, the influence <strong>of</strong> the police <br />

novel was felt throughout the 20 th century, bit it seems that it intensified at the end <br />

<strong>of</strong> the 20 th century, and above all, that contemporary writers use it in a special way. <br />

What relations do these novels maintain with this so-­‐called “popular” genre: <br />

recycling, parody, corruption, homage? How can we explain this interest in distorted <br />

police forms: a denouncement <strong>of</strong> the uncertainty <strong>of</strong> signs, a search for uncertain <br />

identities, a critique <strong>of</strong> social models or simply a desire to attack the workings <strong>of</strong> <br />

narrative? <br />

Texts: <br />

• Tabucchi, Antonio. Il filo dell’orizzonte. 1986. Le fil de l’horizon. Gallimard. <br />

• Auster, Paul. City <strong>of</strong> Glass. 1985. Cité de verre. Livre de poche. Trilogie new-­yorkaise.<br />

Actes-­‐Sud. <br />

• Saer, Juan-­‐José. La pesquisa. 1994. L’enquête. Seuil, « Points ». <br />

Group 6: F. Lavocat <br />

Marvelous Tales <br />

We will question the poetics <strong>of</strong> the tale, highlighting the construction <strong>of</strong> a universe <br />

with its own laws and logic. We will concentrate particularly on the notion <strong>of</strong> <br />

character (what is a character <strong>of</strong> a tale? Is it reducible to a function?), and on the <br />

marvelous, both in its literal and figurative meanings. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Perrault. Contes. GF Flammarion [666]. <br />

• Galland, Antoine. Les Mille et une nuits. Vol. 1. GF Flammarion [66]. <br />

• Grimm. Les Contes. GF Flammarion. <br />

54PH1210 – Reading Philosophical Texts <br />

P. Hochart <br />

Group 5: F. Perez <br />

• Nietzsche. Ecce Homo. GF. <br />

Group 6: P. Hochart <br />

• Plato. Philèbe. GF. <br />

Group 7: F. Perez <br />

• Freud. L’homme Moïse et la religion monothéiste. Folio. <br />

54LG1212 – General Linguistics I: Phonetics, Phonology, Morphology <br />

D. Samain <br />

<br />

135


After a presentation <strong>of</strong> the subject and the fundamental concepts <strong>of</strong> linguistics, this <br />

<strong>course</strong> will <strong>of</strong>fer a methodic initiation to phonetics, phonology and morphology <br />

(highlighting in the first year lexical morphology). <br />

54LM1282 – Literary Culture II <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will present a panorama <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong>ten overlooked basic aspects <strong>of</strong> 19 th -­‐<br />

century political and social history, cultural history, and literary history. To <br />

elucidate this process, a selection <strong>of</strong> texts will be distributed to the students, <br />

targeting in particular to follow the critical and aesthetic reflection throughout the <br />

“long” century, as well as the history <strong>of</strong> successively dominating “authorial <br />

scenographies.” <br />

Second, we will give a historicized vision <strong>of</strong> the two main genres <strong>of</strong> the century: <br />

poetry first and then the novel (synergized with the “Reading the Novel” <strong>course</strong> <br />

during the same semester). While we will not treat all six texts exhaustively, the <br />

students are invited to read them according to the announced themes. <br />

Group 1: J-­‐L Diaz <br />

19 th -­‐Century Poetry <br />

Themes: Figures <strong>of</strong> the poet, changes in lyricism, the poetry <strong>of</strong> Paris, and metaphor. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Hugo, Victor. Les Contemplations. 1856. Ed. L. Charles-­‐Wurtz. Classiques de <br />

poche, 2002. <br />

• Baudelaire, Charles. Les Fleurs du Mal (particulary « Tableaux parisiens »). <br />

1862. Ed. J.E. Jackson. Classiques de poche, 1999. <br />

• Verlaine, Paul. Poèmes saturniens. 1866. Ed. M. Bercot. Paris: Livre de Poche, <br />

1996. <br />

Group 2: J-­‐L Diaz <br />

The 19th-­‐Century Novel <br />

Themes: Apprenticeship novel, the writer’s and artist’s novel, and the urban novel. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Balzac, Honoré de. Illusions perdues (I and II). 1836-­‐39. <br />

• Flaubert, Gustave. L’Education sentimentale. 1854-­‐69. Ed. P.-­‐M. de Biasi. <br />

Classiques de poche, 2002. <br />

• Zola, Emile. L’œuvre. 1886. Ed. M.-­‐A. Voisin Fougère. Classiques de poche, <br />

1996. <br />

54LM1312 – Theater Practice <br />

Contents: Acting tools, reference points for actors and criteria for staging, <br />

actor/spectator relations, the meaning <strong>of</strong> a theatrical approach. <br />

The actor is not limited to illustrating but rather should embody an activity, <br />

experiment with attitudes, with dynamics, with states <strong>of</strong> being that are <strong>of</strong>ten foreign <br />

<br />

136


to her/him before being able to appropriate them. By accomplishing this initial step, <br />

the actor can discover a her character, she can unveil her strategies to exist, to <br />

search for life, to develop her universe… Hence, for the actor, understanding the <br />

character – becoming the character – means working on the character that the <br />

character creates, evolving each second in the world created by the character. <br />

In studying Shakespeare, Karl Valentin, and other actors, we will question the paths <br />

the actor must take to respond to the demands and challenges, how he can unblock <br />

himself from himself to become an essential force, and which excesses (which <br />

cruelty) “raise” the work <strong>of</strong> interpretation beyond judgment. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Shakespeare <br />

− Richard III. <br />

− Henri IV (Parts I and II). <br />

− Joyeuses Commères de Windsor (Merry Wives <strong>of</strong> Windsor). <br />

• Karl Valentin and other authors, chosen in class. <br />

LICENCE 2 <br />

54LM2113 – Reading Theater <br />

C. Triau <br />

We will read two theatrical works and take critical, dramaturgical, and scenic <br />

approaches. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Shakespeare. <br />

− Le Roi Lear. Trans. J.-­‐M. Déprats. Folio-­‐Gallimard. <br />

− Le Roi Lear. Performance. Dir. J.-­‐F. Sivadier. Théâtre Nanterre-­‐<br />

Amandiers. 15 September – 27 October. <br />

• Bernhard, Thomas. L’Ignorant et le fou. L’Arche éditeur. <br />

54LG2113 – French Linguistics: Syntax <br />

M. Candito <br />

This <strong>course</strong> presents the fundamentals <strong>of</strong> a syntactic approach <strong>of</strong> French, and <br />

defines the main categories and pertinent functions. It then studies specific <br />

questions such as the system <strong>of</strong> pronouns or the inversion <strong>of</strong> the subject. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Riegel, M. La Grammaire méthodique du français. PUF. <br />

• Delaveau, A. Syntaxe. Armand Colin. <br />

54LM2283 – Literary Culture III <br />

R. Salado <br />

<br />

137


20 th Century <br />

The studied works are ordered around two axes characteristic <strong>of</strong> narrative from the <br />

last century: the feeling <strong>of</strong> strangeness in the world and the presence <strong>of</strong> speech in <br />

the written word. We will follow these themes successively. <br />

1. Narratives <strong>of</strong> strangeness to the self and the world. <br />

• Kafka, Franz. La Métamorphose/Die Verwandlung. 1916. <br />

• Sartre, Jean-­‐Paul. La Nausée. 1938. <br />

• Camus, Albert. L’Etranger. 1942. <br />

• Duras, Marguerite. Moderato Cantabile. 1958. <br />

2. Writing the voice. <br />

• Joyce, James. Ulysses. 1922. (Episode 18, titled “Penelope,” or “monologue de <br />

Molly Bloom”). <br />

• Céline, Louis-­‐Ferdinand. Voyage au bout de la nuit (extracts). 1932. <br />

• Queneau, Raymond. Zazie dans le métro. 1959. <br />

• Pinget, Robert. Quelqu’un. Ed. de Minuit, 1965. <br />

All the texts are in Folio editions, except where indicated. <br />

54LM2293 – Writing Workshop I <br />

L. Flieder <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will <strong>of</strong>fer students an individual track to follow whose goal is not to lead <br />

to the production <strong>of</strong> “literary texts.” It proposes another approach to literary texts, <br />

founded not so much on critical analysis as on practicality <strong>of</strong> writing. The proposed <br />

exercises during each lesson – invention, creation, imitation, development, <br />

simulation, writing without constraints, … – are always carried out according to <br />

precise instructions or starting with pre-­‐texts already studied. We will pay <br />

particular attention to the diversity <strong>of</strong> texts and to the usage <strong>of</strong> language, its <br />

mastery, and its organization. <br />

54LM2143 – Literature and Psychoanalysis I <br />

Group 1: R. Coudert <br />

Figures <strong>of</strong> the Animal and <strong>of</strong> Animality in Narrative and Literary Texts <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is divided into two parts: 1) we will discuss fundamental notions and <br />

concepts <strong>of</strong> psychoanalysis starting with the study L’Homme aux loups by S. Freud. <br />

2) we will practice psychoanalytical reading with Flaubert’s Trois Contes. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Freud, S. L’Homme aux loups. PUF, Quadrige, 1990. <br />

<br />

138


• Flaubert, G. Trois Contes. Folio Plus, classique, 2003. <br />

Complementary Reading <br />

• Laplanche and Pontalis. Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. PUF, Quadrige, 2004. <br />

• Freud, S. Inhibition, symptôme et angoisse. PUF, Quadrige, 2005. <br />

• Searles, H. L’environnement non humain. NRF, Gallimard, 1986. <br />

• Winnicott, D.W. La Nature humaine. NRF, Gallimard, 1990. <br />

• Cyrulnik, B. La naissance du sens. Hachette, Pluriel, 1998. <br />

Group 2: E. Grossman <br />

Succeeding to Fail <br />

• Tchekov, A. La dame au petit chien. 1899. followed by L’évêque and La <br />

fiancée. Folio-­‐Gallimard bilingue. <br />

• Les yeux noirs. Dir. Nikita Mikhalkov. 1987. <br />

• Beckett, S. Textes pour rien. 1950. in Nouvelles et Textes pou rien. Ed. de <br />

Minuit. <br />

Bibliography: Texts on the nevrosity <strong>of</strong> failure (René Laforgue), failure to succeed <br />

(Freud, “Quelques types de caractères tels qu’ils se dégagent du travail <br />

psychanalytique,” 1916), compulsion <strong>of</strong> repetition (Freud, Au-­‐delà du plaisir du <br />

plaisir). <br />

• Watzlawick, Paul. Comment réussir à échouer. Seuil, 1988. <br />

Group3 : B. Sichere <br />

Paternity, God, Law <br />

• Freud. Totem et tabou/Le Moi et le ça. Gallimard. <br />

• Lacan. Séminaire. Book 3, « Les psychoses. » Seuil (« Points »). <br />

• Faulkner. Descends, Moïse. Gallimard, « L’Imaginare ». <br />

54LM2214 – Reading Poetry <br />

J. Vignes <br />

We will read and comment poems chosen from the program’s collections. We will <br />

elaborate on poetic and rhetorical notions necessary for the analysis <strong>of</strong> the poem in <br />

verse and in prose. We will discuss the various forms that poetry can take, we will <br />

read critical texts. Finally, we will practice reciting poems. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Viau, Théophile de. “Après m’avoir fait tant mourir.” In Œuvres choisies. Coll. <br />

Poésie/Gallimard. <br />

• Verlaine. Fêtes galantes. Romances sans paroles. Poésie/Gallimard (or GF). <br />

<br />

139


Bibliography: <br />

• Joubert, Jean-­‐Louis. La Poésie. A. Colin. <br />

• Buffard-­‐Moret, Brigitte. Précis de versification. Nathan-­‐Université. <br />

54LM2514 – Methods IV <br />

C. Trevisan <br />

We will study various forms <strong>of</strong> “écriture de soi” [writing <strong>of</strong> the self] (Foucault): <br />

autobiographies, private diaries, memoirs, witness accounts, autoportraits, essays, <br />

correspondences, personal novels, personal poetry, “aut<strong>of</strong>ictions,” … This coure will <br />

attempt to make students sensitive to the generic declinations <strong>of</strong> writing in the first <br />

person all the while giving them an historicized vision. <br />

Core Texts: <br />

• Rousseau, Jean-­‐Jacques. Les Confessions. Book 1-­‐4. <br />

• Chateaubrian, François-­‐René de. Mémoires d’outre-­‐tombe. Books 1-­‐5. <br />

Recommended Reading: <br />

• Augustine. Les Confessions; Montaigne. « De l’exercitation ». Essais; Stendhal. <br />

Vie de Henry Brulard; Kafka. Lettres à Milena; Sartre. Les Mots; Sarraute. <br />

L’Enfance; Perec. W ou le souvenir d’enfance. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Lejeuene, Philippe. L’autobiographie en France. <br />

• Pachet, Pierre. Les Baromètres de l’âme. Naissance du journal intime. <br />

54LM2254 – Literature and History II <br />

Anny Dayan-­‐Rosenman <br />

Writings from the Algerian War <br />

Starting with some literary and cinematic works, we will study the writings and <br />

rewritings <strong>of</strong> the Algerian War that bounce back and forth across the <br />

Mediterranean, under the sign <strong>of</strong> repeated forgetting or memorial inflation. We <br />

must take into account that the works studied are all written in the same language, <br />

French, are inscribed in the same geographical space, France, and they express <br />

conflicting memories (pied-­‐noirs, soldiers, fighters, Algerians, French, harkis, their <br />

children,…). <br />

Texts and Films: <br />

• La bataille d’Alger. Dir. Gilles Pontecorvo. <br />

• Mammeri, Mouloud. L’opium et le bâton. Plon, 1965. <br />

• Djebar, Assia. L’amour, la fantasia. Poche, 1995. <br />

• Favrelière, Noël. Le désert à l’aube. Minuit, 1960. <br />

• Alleg, Henri. La question. Minuit. <br />

<br />

140


• Zimmermann, Daniel. Nouvelles de la zone interdite. Ed. de l’instant, 1989. <br />

• Daenincks, Didier. Meutres pour m’emoire. Folio policier. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Stora, Benjamin. La gangrène et l’oubli. La mémoire de la guerre d’Algérie. La <br />

Découverte, 1991. <br />

• Rosenman and Lucette Valensi, ed. La guerre d’Algérie dans la mémoire et <br />

l’imaginaire. Bouchène, 2004. <br />

54LM2284 – Literary Culture IV <br />

E. Valette <br />

Antiquity – The Bible <br />

The works studied in this <strong>course</strong> have been chosen for their cultural importance and <br />

above all their “unguided reading” difficulty. We will concentrate on their historical <br />

context and their specific conditions <strong>of</strong> expression. We will also discuss these works’ <br />

posterity, their characters, their genres, showing how modern and contemporary <br />

creation has used these works to create new ones. <br />

Texts: <br />

• Genesis, Exodus, Prophetic Books (Jonas, Psalms, Song <strong>of</strong> Songs). <br />

• Homer. The Iliad. <br />

• Virgil. Bucolics. <br />

54LM2314 – Literature, Civilization, Mythology <br />

P. Petitier <br />

Artificial Human <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study this modern myth par excellence which is the artificial human <br />

being through two works from the 19 th century: Frankenstein ou le Prométhée <br />

moderne by Mary Shelley and L’Eve future by Villier de l’Isle-­‐Adam. We will also be <br />

interested in two <strong>of</strong> the most famous adaptations <strong>of</strong> Mary Shelley’s novel, <br />

Frankenstein (1933) and La Fiancée de Frankenstein (1935) by James Whale. <br />

54LM2324 – Japanese Literature in Translation <br />

M. Amour and B. Lefevre <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the historical and cultural context <strong>of</strong> modern Japanese <br />

literature, with an initiation to the analysis <strong>of</strong> literary texts and to comparative <br />

methods. No linguistic competence in Japanese is necessary, but a good handle on <br />

French is required. <br />

<br />

141


Texts: <br />

• Junichiro, Tanizaki. La clef (La confession impudique). 1956. Trans A. <br />

Bayard-­‐Sakai. Paris: Gallimard, 1998. reed. Folio. <br />

• Kenzaburo, Oe. Une existence tranquille. 1990. Trans. A. Bayard-­‐Sakai. Paris: <br />

Gallimard, 1995. reed. Folio. <br />

Bibliography: <br />

• Andro, C., Curien, A., and Sakai, C., eds. Tours et detours – écritures <br />

autobiographiques dans les literatures chinoise et japonaise au XXe siècle. <br />

Publications Universitaires Denis Diderot, 1998. <br />

• De Vos, P., ed. Littérature japonaise contemporaine – Essais. Labor/Picquier, <br />

1989. <br />

• Gottlieb, G. Un siècle de romans japonais. Picquier, 1995. <br />

• Lozerand, E. Liitérature et génie nationale. Les Belles lettres, 2005. <br />

• Nishikawa, N. Le roman japonais depuis 1945. PUF, 1988. <br />

• Origas, J.-­‐J., ed. Dictionnaire de littérature japonaise. PUF, Quadrige, 2000. <br />

• Pigeot, J and J.-­‐J. Tschudin. La littérature japonaise. PUF, Que sais-­‐je? 1983. <br />

reed, 1995. <br />

MATHEMATICS <br />

MTI and MMI – Algebra and Elementary Analysis I <br />

Semester 1: 12 weeks, 10h/week for MT1 discussion (TD); 8h/week for MM1 TD <br />

− Language <strong>of</strong> applications <br />

− Complex numbers <br />

− Linear Algebra: linear equations, matrix calculations; 2-­‐ and 3-­‐D geometry <br />

− Real functions and variables: limits <strong>of</strong> functions, derivatives, usual functions <br />

including complex exponentials, Taylor’s Theorem, limited developments. <br />

− Parametric curves <br />

MM2: Algebra and Elementary Analysis II <br />

Semester 2: 12 weeks, 10h/week for discussion <br />

− Properties <strong>of</strong> continuous, integral, and primitive functions <br />

− Differential equations: first order real or complex linear equations, real <br />

equations with separate variables <br />

− Vector spaces, linear applications and dimension. <br />

− Finite groups, groups <strong>of</strong> permutations <br />

− Arithmetic: congruence, Bezout’s and Gauss’ theorems <br />

<br />

142


− Polynomials with real or complex coefficients <br />

MM3 – Algebra and Advanced Analysis I <br />

Semester 3: 12 weeks, 4h lecture and 6h discussion (TD) <br />

− Numerical series <br />

− Series <strong>of</strong> functions, normal convergence, integration and derivation, <br />

application to entire series. We will also study uniform convergence <strong>of</strong> series <br />

<strong>of</strong> functions. <br />

− Determinants: determinant <strong>of</strong> an endomorphism; volume <br />

− Diagonalization, triangulation <br />

− Systems <strong>of</strong> linear differential equations with constant coefficients <br />

PR3 – Probability <br />

Semester 3: 12 weeks, 2h/week lecture and 3h/week discussion (TD) <br />

− Probabilistic model: definition <strong>of</strong> probability and random variables; <br />

connection to counting; conditional probabilities; independence <br />

− Law <strong>of</strong> random variable: discrete dense case; usual examples (uniform, <br />

binomial, hypergeometric law, Poisson’s law, geometric and exponential law, <br />

Gauss’ Law; hope, variance <br />

− Part 2 <strong>of</strong> random variables: law <strong>of</strong> random variables, independence; law <strong>of</strong> <br />

large numbers; central limit theorem <br />

MM4 – Algebra and Advanced Analysis II <br />

Semester 4: 12 weeks, 4h/week lecture and 6h/week discussion (TD) <br />

− Quadratic forms: symmetrical bilinear forms and their matrices; <br />

orthogonality; Gaussian reduction; signature <br />

− Euclidian vector spaces: Cauchy-­‐Schwartz inequality; orthogonal projections <br />

and symmetries; orthonormal basis, Gram-­‐Schmidt orthonormalization <br />

process; endomorphisms; isometries; orthogonal groups (in particular in 2-­‐ <br />

and 3-­‐D) <br />

− Elements <strong>of</strong> Rn typology: norms, associated distances; open and closed norm <br />

equivalence theorem; continuous applications; demonstration <strong>of</strong> the norm <br />

equivalencies <br />

− Differential calculus in Rn: partial derivatives, differentials, Cp applications, <br />

Schwarz’s Theorem; critical points, extrema and Taylor’s Theorem <br />

− Integrals dependent on a parameter: continuity and derivability, improper <br />

integrals <br />

<br />

143


ED4 – Differential Equations <br />

Semester 4: 12 weeks, 2h/week lecture and 3h/week TD <br />

− Scalar differential equations: review, qualitative study <br />

− Differential systems: autonomous systems, first integrals, Hamiltonian <br />

system; equilibrium, linearization, stability <br />

PS4 – Probability and Statistics <br />

Semester 4: 12 weeks, 2h/week lecture and 3h/week TD <br />

Discrete Mathematics makes up a field in full expansion including the algorithm, <br />

operational research, and graph and tree theory. Discrete math has important <br />

applications for computers, language theory, and robotics, in life sciences and in <br />

high technology. We will study three examples: <br />

1) Counting: various definitions <strong>of</strong> number sequences, from the binomial to <br />

Fibonacci and hypergeometric sequences, generating functions <br />

2) Graphs and trees: basic properties <strong>of</strong> graphs, trees, optimization (simplex <br />

method, Eulerian circuit) <br />

3) Respective references: concrete mathematics (Graham-­‐Knuth-­‐Pataschnik, <br />

Addison-­‐Wesley), graph theory (Cogis-­‐Robert, Vuibert) <br />

GE4 – Geometry <br />

Semester 4: 12 weeks, 2h/week lecture and 3h/week TD <br />

− Euclidian spaces: linear isometries; classification <strong>of</strong> 2-­‐ and 3-­‐D; similitudes; <br />

vector angles and right angles <br />

− Problems <strong>of</strong> geometry: triangles; circles, condition <strong>of</strong> cocyclicity <strong>of</strong> four <br />

points <br />

− Using complex numbers <br />

− Conic sections: eccentricity, focal point; axes, center; geometric definitions <br />

− 3-­‐Dimensional quadratics <br />

SOCIOLOGY <br />

Licence 1 <br />

54SO1011 – Introduction to Sociology <br />

Numa Murard <br />

Contents: <br />

− Introduction: conventional definitions <strong>of</strong> sociology <br />

<br />

144


− Sociology and society <br />

− Genealogy <strong>of</strong> social sciences <br />

− From the social contract to the social link <br />

− The meaning <strong>of</strong> action <br />

− Individual and society <br />

54SO1051 – introduction to anthropology <br />

Pascal Dibie <br />

“Anthropology and construction <strong>of</strong> opinion in the West” <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will present the issues that anthropology addressed since the 19 th <br />

century and will underline the differences and the similarities between the <br />

“traditional” – or “exotic” societies – and the occidental societies. <br />

It will be divided in three parts: the first one will tackle the biological and social <br />

appearance <strong>of</strong> humanity as well as the transformations <strong>of</strong> human groups until the <br />

first settlements <strong>of</strong> farmers as well as townsmen. <br />

The second part will question how and why anthropology has emerged and has <br />

been built until now and how at the same time it has fabricated the image <strong>of</strong> others. <br />

The third part will come back in more details, with precise examples, over the <br />

formation <strong>of</strong> the social, political and economical links; particularly focusing on how <br />

exchanges <strong>of</strong> people and goods invent and strengthen the links between human <br />

groups. <br />

54EC1011 – Introduction to economic analysis <br />

E. Magnin <br />

Organization: 2 hour class + 1h30 lab per week <br />

Overview: <br />

− What is economic analysis? A challenged definition <br />

− The precursors <strong>of</strong> the classical political economy: mercantilism and <br />

physiocracy. <br />

− Classical economy. <br />

− Karl Marx and the economy <strong>of</strong> the capitalist mode <strong>of</strong> production. <br />

− The Neoclassical theory. <br />

− The Keynesian theory. <br />

54SO1061 – Migration and Globalization <br />

Aude Rabaud <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will tackle the current and polysemic question <strong>of</strong> globalization, studying <br />

in particular migrations. It will focus on the sociology <strong>of</strong> international migrations <br />

and will be divided in three main themes: <br />

<br />

145


-­‐<br />

-­‐<br />

-­‐<br />

Movements <strong>of</strong> people in the contemporary era according to a socio-­‐historical <br />

perspective (explanations about the “global migration system”, definitions <strong>of</strong> <br />

notions related to mobility and categories <strong>of</strong> migrants). <br />

The beginning <strong>of</strong> migration sociology in the United States <strong>of</strong> America and in <br />

France. <br />

The sociological theories <strong>of</strong> migration in relation to globalization. <br />

54SO1071 – Social Relationships between Genders <br />

Azadeh Kian-­‐Thiebaut <br />

The <strong>course</strong> starts by presenting the context within which the feminist sociologists in <br />

the US and in France introduced the word gender in order to make a differentiation <br />

between social gender and biological gender. Then, we will analyze the differences <br />

between men and women as hierarchies <strong>of</strong> social groups and individuals and we <br />

will study how gender identity generates deep positioning inequalities in the socio-­economic<br />

hierarchy. Finally, we will discuss the concept <strong>of</strong> social relationships <br />

between genders, which is related to the articulation <strong>of</strong> the <br />

production/reproduction spheres defining the status <strong>of</strong> men and women in social <br />

relationships. <br />

54SO1042 - Main questions <strong>of</strong> Sociology <br />

C. Quiminal <br />

The <strong>course</strong> has two objectives. The first objective is to present the analyses and <br />

mains directions that the founding fathers <strong>of</strong> sociology took about religion. The <br />

second objective is to discuss the relevance <strong>of</strong> their approach in order to analyze the <br />

contemporary mutations <strong>of</strong> religion and to question modernity. The uncertainty <strong>of</strong> <br />

the conditions <strong>of</strong> the post-­‐modern societies invites sociologists to interpret the <br />

proliferations <strong>of</strong> beliefs as well as the new forms <strong>of</strong> religious communalization. <br />

54SO1502 – Sociology and Social Sciences <br />

Chapour Haghigat <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the links between sociology and the other basic subjects, <br />

which are part <strong>of</strong> the social sciences, such as History, Economy, Politics, <br />

Demography, Psychology, and Sociology <strong>of</strong> the religions… <br />

We will study the objectives <strong>of</strong> each discipline according to the evolution <strong>of</strong> social <br />

structures and social behaviors. We will also approach the practical aspect <strong>of</strong> <br />

sociology, the division between social practices and social theories, the role and <br />

responsibility <strong>of</strong> the sociologist as well as the orientation <strong>of</strong> his choices. <br />

54SO2272 Sociology <strong>of</strong> the Family <br />

Sarah Abdelnour and Aurélie Damamme <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will present the transformations <strong>of</strong> the notion <strong>of</strong> family in a socio-­historical<br />

perspective. We will question the different theories and ideologies used to <br />

<br />

146


describe the contemporary patterns <strong>of</strong> the family (conjugal relationship, place <strong>of</strong> the <br />

child, kinds <strong>of</strong> parenting). <br />

We will also pay attention to the factors that constitute and perpetuate the <br />

institution <strong>of</strong> the family, which appears into new aspects (socialization, repartition <br />

<strong>of</strong> the socio-­‐sexual chores, the solidarity between generations, and the transmission <br />

<strong>of</strong> goods). The role <strong>of</strong> the State in those different processes will be analyzed through <br />

a comparative approach on a European scale. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will also underline the diversity <strong>of</strong> families in France and in Europe <br />

despite the numerous demographical similarities. <br />

54SO1202 Sociology <strong>of</strong> Deviance <br />

Gisele Fourcade <br />

It is quite common to study the notion <strong>of</strong> “deviance” in terms <strong>of</strong> the difference with a <br />

system <strong>of</strong> norms at a particular moment in time and to analyze in comparison with <br />

the notions <strong>of</strong> conformity, similarity, difference, -­‐ including the distinction between <br />

difference (suffered) and differentiations (deliberate). Social sciences do study <br />

deviance in comparison with the notion <strong>of</strong> norms. However, the <strong>course</strong> will also deal <br />

with the challenge set by the notion <strong>of</strong> differentiation in our contemporary societies. <br />

The theories <strong>of</strong> ‘labeling’ will be studied. <br />

54SO1232 Sociology <strong>of</strong> Inequality <br />

Chapour Haghigat <br />

The <strong>course</strong> will study the economic and social disparities and will describe the <br />

factors <strong>of</strong> transfer <strong>of</strong> the inequalities in social life. We will especially focus on: <br />

-­‐ The social structure: stratification and social class, history and current <br />

situations, transformation <strong>of</strong> peasantry, diversification <strong>of</strong> the working class, <br />

growth and restructuration <strong>of</strong> the middle class. <br />

-­‐ Dispersion <strong>of</strong> wealth and heritage: household income, transmission <strong>of</strong> the <br />

heritage, low incomes. <br />

-­‐ Marriage and social transmission: homogamy in the social class, socio-­demographical<br />

aspect <strong>of</strong> marriage, the choice <strong>of</strong> the spouse, and social <br />

distance between the spouse. <br />

-­‐ Mechanism <strong>of</strong> inequalities in education: social environment and level <strong>of</strong> <br />

education, disparity in the use <strong>of</strong> the language and its concept, networks <strong>of</strong> <br />

schooling. <br />

-­‐ Social mobility: mobility between generations. <br />

-­‐ Social position and consumption spending, everyday life and material <br />

possessions (housing, alimentation), distribution <strong>of</strong> furniture, hierarchy <strong>of</strong> <br />

needs. <br />

-­‐ Disparities in cultural practices, lifestyle and social environment, spare time. <br />

-­‐ Inequality in life and death, differential mortality rate according to social <br />

environment, disparity in healthcare access, mortality and CSP. <br />

<br />

147


Licence 2 <br />

54SO2803 – Contemporary Ethnology <br />

Claire Beaudevin <br />

The question <strong>of</strong> Europe is now more than ever conceptualized in anthropologic <br />

terms. We will think about the notion <strong>of</strong> hospitality in the traditional and national <br />

European cultures and we will approach ethnologically the way people meet in the <br />

everyday life in our contemporary world and what are their relationships like. <br />

Students will have to study a situation and work on reflective and personal project <br />

about this issue. <br />

54SO1243 – Women and Institutions <br />

Jules Falquet <br />

This <strong>course</strong> presents the different institutions that structure the social relationships <br />

between genders, such as family, school, work place, the State, nation, sexuality, <br />

religion, science, language. With a multidisciplinary approach (anthropology, <br />

economy, history, sociology, psychology, linguistics), it aims at understanding the <br />

way these institutions are sustainably and daily shaping the behavior and the <br />

subjectivity <strong>of</strong> men and women in the contemporary “western” civilization as well as <br />

in the other cultures or eras. <br />

54SO2913 – Ethnographical cinema <br />

Pascal Dibie <br />

This <strong>course</strong> opened to sophomore and junior students tries to create interrogations <br />

on the audiovisual tools considered as a research tool and as an analytic tool <strong>of</strong> <br />

humanity and contemporary societies, as we will study the history <strong>of</strong> the <br />

anthropological cinema and film screening. Its goal is to consider ethnological <br />

cinema as a proper scripture and to encourage a reflection over visual and sonorous <br />

anthropology as well as over the question <strong>of</strong> the restitution <strong>of</strong> the different fields <strong>of</strong> <br />

the different authors’ movies <strong>of</strong> today and tomorrow. <br />

54SO2703 – Sociology and Psychoanalysis <br />

Emmanuel Garrigues <br />

How can we build a scientific approach <strong>of</strong> the collective psyche? We will analyze <br />

Durkheim’s and Freud’s theories to answer that question. To what extent can <br />

sociology and psychoanalysis work together? Analytic and critical readings <strong>of</strong> the <br />

sociological texts from Freud. What can we say about it today? <br />

54PH2923 – Philosophy <br />

M. Leibovici <br />

From Human being to Humanity <br />

<br />

148


What does a political reference to humanity that takes into account the critic <strong>of</strong> the <br />

notion <strong>of</strong> human being, the way it was presented during the anti-­‐humanism <strong>of</strong> the <br />

70’s, consist in? Ins<strong>of</strong>ar as it calls for a reflection on the conditions <strong>of</strong> the apparition <br />

<strong>of</strong> the human sciences, the <strong>course</strong> will start with Michel Foucault’s book Les Mots et <br />

les Choses (1966) (Words and Things). The <strong>course</strong> will reconsider some traditional <br />

critics about the Human Rights (romantic criticism, Marx), and it will insist on the <br />

resistance that causes the “new experience <strong>of</strong> Humanity” particular to the <br />

democratic societies that Claude Lefort promotes, following Tocqueville. We will <br />

elaborate a notion <strong>of</strong> Humanity with the help <strong>of</strong> texts from Pierre Leroux, Emmanuel <br />

Levinas and Hannah Arendt. <br />

54PS1283 – Social Psychology <br />

Gisèle Fourcade <br />

Social psychology refers to the study <strong>of</strong> human mechanism through the interrelation <br />

<strong>of</strong> individuals and social models. Understanding the scope <strong>of</strong> social regulations <br />

intervening in actual behaviors is helping to diagnose situations, and to make the <br />

individual more capable <strong>of</strong> understanding and eventually change the events one’s <br />

participate in or provoke. <br />

In a first part, we will study the fundamentals <strong>of</strong> the subject, which show that the <br />

social functions work as strong factors determining the behavior (conformity, <br />

obedience) or as processes to acquire social skills leading to autonomy (social <br />

learning, innovation). <br />

In a second part, we will study the contemporary ways <strong>of</strong> thinking related to the <br />

socio-­‐cognitive operations that contribute to the formation <strong>of</strong> the common sense <br />

and to the construction <strong>of</strong> the social reality. We will study the themes <strong>of</strong> attitude and <br />

behavior (the theory <strong>of</strong> commitment, persuasion), group relationships <br />

(categorization, stereotypes, prejudices), attribution <strong>of</strong> the sense <strong>of</strong> responsibility <br />

(social desirability), and social thought (what people think about the explanation <strong>of</strong> <br />

the world: rumors, representations, beliefs). <br />

54SO1023 – Methods <strong>of</strong> Social Sciences <br />

Delphine Moreau <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is an initiation to the different tools and methods used in social sciences. <br />

It combines theoretical and practical approaches. Students’ work will consist in <br />

doing exercises to use the main techniques. <br />

54SO2504 – Contemporary Sociology <br />

Denis Merklen <br />

An exploration <strong>of</strong> contemporary sociology: analysis <strong>of</strong> the main problems that made <br />

the subject evolve after the Second World War. We will study five main themes: the <br />

local production <strong>of</strong> the reality (interactionism, ethno methodology and pragmatic <br />

sociology). The issue <strong>of</strong> coercion (the “practical sense” <strong>of</strong> Pierre Bourdieu). The <br />

<br />

149


individual facing the structures (Alain Touraine). The social integration and the <br />

contemporary individualism (Robert Castel). The notions <strong>of</strong> “risk” and “reflexivity” <br />

(Ulrich Beck, R.Castel and Anthony Giddens). <br />

54SO2304 – History <strong>of</strong> Sociology <br />

Director: Chapour Haghighat <br />

This <strong>course</strong> relates the origins <strong>of</strong> Sociology and the historical and social context <strong>of</strong> <br />

the 19 th century when the science appeared. The historical situation following the <br />

French Revolution and the Industrial Revolution generates social, philosophical, and <br />

political new reflections leading to the creation <strong>of</strong> the subject (Auguste Comte, <br />

Durkheim, Proudhon, Marx…). <br />

We will also evoke the advent <strong>of</strong> modernism and rationalism in the Western <br />

civilization, the philosophy <strong>of</strong> “Les Lumières” (Montesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau) and <br />

their impact on the social reflection. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will also compare the founder’s <strong>of</strong> the French sociology points <strong>of</strong> view to <br />

the British thinkers’ point <strong>of</strong> view (Hobbes, Locke, Adam Smith) and to the German’s <br />

point <strong>of</strong> view (Simmel, Max Weber). We will study the different sociological theories <br />

throughout the social context <strong>of</strong> different periods. <br />

54SO1224 – Education and Socialization <br />

C.Poiret <br />

For thirty years, the approaches and themes <strong>of</strong> research about the sociology <strong>of</strong> <br />

education have pr<strong>of</strong>oundly evolved and became more diversified. We will try to <br />

understand how these movements <strong>of</strong> the object reflect a change <strong>of</strong> point <strong>of</strong> view and <br />

at the same time a change <strong>of</strong> theoretical position – that concerns sociology in <br />

general – and, at the same time, transformations <strong>of</strong> the demand and <strong>of</strong> the social <br />

questionings that lead scientific production. <br />

54SO2904 – Gender Socialization <br />

Azadeh Kian-­‐Thiebaut <br />

We will make a difference between the biological sex and the socially built gender <br />

and this <strong>course</strong> will try to understand how the norms guiding the behaviors <strong>of</strong> men <br />

and women are built, transmitted and modified, and how the differential <br />

socialization contributes to the production and reproduction <strong>of</strong> identities and <strong>of</strong> the <br />

relationships between genders. <br />

The differential socialization reproduces the stereotypes <strong>of</strong> genders and generates <br />

unequal skills as it confronts girls, from their childhood, to the maternity universe, <br />

housework, or economical activities related to the household, activities associated <br />

with the female sex. Meanwhile, boys are orientated towards the technical and <br />

scientific fields associated with males. This process <strong>of</strong> socialization provokes the <br />

reproduction <strong>of</strong> the social inequalities, invite girls to go into “non-­‐scientific” fields <br />

<br />

150


ecause <strong>of</strong> their “natural” abilities and lead them towards bad-­‐paid jobs, without <br />

real responsibilities. <br />

54SO2293 – Cities and social Spaces <br />

Pierre Jean Andrieu <br />

For a long time, cities have been considered as a symbol and a factor <strong>of</strong> liberation <br />

and development. Now it increasingly perceived as place <strong>of</strong> exclusion. To the point <br />

that “city policies” is very largely a synonym for “policies against exclusion”. We will <br />

examine the social and economical approaches <strong>of</strong> the city, which will enable us to <br />

understand the importance and the ambivalence <strong>of</strong> the views on the subject as well <br />

as to understand the issues <strong>of</strong> urban policies better. <br />

Licence 3 <br />

Introduction to Political Sociology <br />

Sonia Dayan-­‐Herzbrun <br />

This <strong>course</strong> aims at introducing the theories and concepts enabling a sociologic <br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> the most contemporary political phenomenon. We will first study the <br />

relationship between the public spaces and the political spaces. Then we will study <br />

the typologies <strong>of</strong> governments and other forms <strong>of</strong> domination, and finally the <br />

“modern” State. The main authors we will study are Max Weber, Hannah Arendt, <br />

Jürgen Habermas, Norbert Elias, Karl Marx and Pierre Bourdieu. <br />

Sociology <strong>of</strong> Culture <br />

Emmanuel Garrigues <br />

What is culture? We will review its different meanings to understand how the <br />

sociology <strong>of</strong> culture and its anthropologic approach were progressively created. <br />

-­‐ The issue <strong>of</strong> transition from nature to culture; <br />

-­‐ The cultural evolutionism and relativism; <br />

-­‐ What is culturalism? Science and ideology <strong>of</strong> culturalism. <br />

Individual and Organization <br />

Sabine Delzescaux <br />

During the first semester, we will present, following an historical perspective, the <br />

different approaches dealing with the relationship between the individual and <br />

organizations. We will see how the idea <strong>of</strong> the individual evolves (agent, subject, and <br />

protagonist). <br />

Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology <br />

Historical overview <strong>of</strong> the different theories, which attempted to solve the <br />

contradiction between the affirmation <strong>of</strong> the unity <strong>of</strong> the human race and the <br />

<br />

151


apparent unlimited diversity <strong>of</strong> its forms <strong>of</strong> social organization (commonly called <br />

“cultures”). We will then study the different “-­‐isms”: creativism, evolutionism, <br />

diffusionism, structuralism, culturalism, etc. <br />

The Sociologist and the City <br />

Denis Merklen <br />

How can sociology face the city? The studies <strong>of</strong> urbanism have strongly influenced <br />

the development <strong>of</strong> sociology. We will consider the city under three parts. The first <br />

one is about space: urban space, public space, common space and private space. <br />

What is the relationship between physical and symbolic space? The second part is <br />

about sociability: what are the forms <strong>of</strong> sociability in an urban environment? If the <br />

starting point <strong>of</strong> these questions is the disconnection between tradition and <br />

modernity, it should generate a reflection on the modern form <strong>of</strong> urbanity. Finally, <br />

we will think about the public policies as well as the social urban movement. <br />

The Ethnologists by Themselves <br />

Pascal Dibie <br />

How and when can someone be called an ethnologist? The initiation to ethnology is <br />

also about the knowledge <strong>of</strong> the theoretical and practical views <strong>of</strong> other <br />

ethnologists. In other words, it is important to know about the “ethnologist’s job”. <br />

After the intervention <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethnologists, the students will conduct a kind <br />

<strong>of</strong> ethnological study about ethnologists based on individual interviews with <br />

researchers. <br />

Introduction to Political Sociology <br />

Denis Merklen <br />

We will study political sociology, starting with some <strong>of</strong> the common problems about <br />

the relationship between the middle class and democracy. We will especially study <br />

notions such as rebellion, protest, social movements, “participation”, but also <br />

clientelism, apathy and abstention. A special chapter will be dedicated to the study <br />

<strong>of</strong> social movements, with three main themes: struggle for survival, the defense <strong>of</strong> <br />

the interest and the struggle for recognition. <br />

Sociology <strong>of</strong> the Culture <br />

Emmanuel Garrigues <br />

− Contemporary approach <strong>of</strong> the sociology <strong>of</strong> culture. <br />

− Academic culture, popular culture and legitimate culture. <br />

− What are the processes <strong>of</strong> the legitimacy <strong>of</strong> culture? <br />

− The relationship between Arts and Culture. <br />

Migrations and interethnic relations <br />

Marguerite Cognet <br />

<br />

152


The acceleration and the diversification <strong>of</strong> migrations during the second part <strong>of</strong> the <br />

20 th century intensified the debate on the notions <strong>of</strong> identity, culture, citizenship <br />

and pluralism into the Western civilization. These notions are social and political <br />

issues that will be both studied in class on a theoretical level and in their concrete <br />

implications. <br />

The syllabus will be divided as such: <br />

-­‐ Evolution <strong>of</strong> international migrations. <br />

-­‐ Integration <strong>of</strong> immigrants and political models managing diversity. <br />

-­‐ Nation, citizenship and interethnic relationships. <br />

-­‐ Ethnicity and culture. <br />

-­‐ Colonialism and racism. <br />

-­‐ The plural contemporary societies; from pluralism to multiculturalism <br />

Individual and Organization <br />

Fabienne Hanique <br />

The second semester will develop a more practical approach: after studying the <br />

fundamental theories <strong>of</strong> the sociology <strong>of</strong> the organization inspired by the crozierian <br />

thought and by a clinical approach <strong>of</strong> the notion <strong>of</strong> work and <strong>of</strong> the organization, the <br />

students will experiment, thanks to a simulation exercise, the consequences on the <br />

methodological and epistemological level <strong>of</strong> these positions. <br />

Cultural Politics <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is a socio-­‐historical introduction to the notion <strong>of</strong> the cultural politic. We <br />

will first see how the State has intervened into the social policies, and then we will <br />

see how it has evolved since 1936. Finally, we will analyze the different social <br />

factors that structure the features <strong>of</strong> State, associations (<strong>of</strong> pop culture in particular) <br />

and the decentralization <strong>of</strong> local collectivities. We will also study the articulation <strong>of</strong> <br />

this cultural <strong>of</strong>fer with the subjective modes <strong>of</strong> symbolization. <br />

Social Politics in the City <br />

Numa Murard <br />

We will study the difference between the term “social” in sociology and in social <br />

policies in order to understand how they are linked. Thus, we will try to identify the <br />

main historical periods <strong>of</strong> the “social issue” and the resulting policies: <br />

-­‐ The question <strong>of</strong> poverty and the “floating populations” during the classical <br />

era, charity and support. <br />

-­‐ The question <strong>of</strong> pauperism and the “dangerous classes” in the 19 th century, <br />

disciplines and social insurance. <br />

-­‐ The question <strong>of</strong> “exclusion” since the 70’s; national and social State and <br />

“solidarity”. <br />

<br />

153


SBC SPECIAL JYF COURSES <br />

LITERATURE AND WRITING <br />

Writing workshop: Advanced Composition. <br />

This <strong>course</strong> is designed to provide students who have a good knowledge <strong>of</strong> French <br />

grammar the opportunity to increase their ability to compose French essays. The <br />

<strong>course</strong> will put an emphasis on difficult syntactical problems, sentence construction, <br />

and vocabulary building. Weekly compositions will be required, beginning with <br />

concrete topics [French rédactions] and moving towards critical essays, both literary <br />

and non-­‐literary [French dissertations]. <br />

French Literature: 17th Century Literature and Civilization <br />

Through the study <strong>of</strong> several main literary texts from various genres (theatre, prose <br />

and poetry) and authors (Molière, La Fontaine, Pascal, Mme de Lafayette, La <br />

Bruyère, etc.) this <strong>course</strong> proposes to study the modes <strong>of</strong> thought and the <br />

sensitivities <strong>of</strong> men and women during this period <strong>of</strong> a decisive break in Western <br />

thought. <br />

Books will be chosen in order to show the evolution <strong>of</strong> various mentalities and <br />

sensitivities. Emphasis will be put on a methodology (close reading, detailed <br />

analysis and synthesis) which can be used for the study <strong>of</strong> other periods <strong>of</strong> French <br />

and foreign literature. Explication de textes, compte-rendus, papers and a written <br />

examination. <br />

ART <br />

History <strong>of</strong> Art: Survey <strong>of</strong> artistic creation in France until the beginning <strong>of</strong> the <br />

20 th century. <br />

Histoire de l'art du 16e siècle et du 17e siècle <br />

Fall semester <br />

Histoire de l'art du 18e siècle jusqu'au début du 20e siècle <br />

Spring semester <br />

An introduction to French art from the Renaissance to the beginning <strong>of</strong> the 20th <br />

century. Works studied will include painting, sculpture, and architecture. Weekly <br />

sessions at the Louvre and the Musée d'Orsay, in addition to regular class meetings, <br />

will constitute an integral part <strong>of</strong> the <strong>course</strong>. Recommended for both majors and <br />

non-­‐majors in Art History. <br />

<br />

154


The <strong>course</strong> will use slides, but will include many weekly visits to museums such as <br />

the Louvre, the Musée d'Orsay, the Musée Rodin, and current exhibits. <br />

Theatre Arts: Initiation to Paris theatre <br />

Students will study plays before and after seeing them performed on stage. Most <strong>of</strong> <br />

the plays will be contemporary, although some classical plays will be seen, <br />

particularly at the Comédie Française. The <strong>course</strong> will attempt to define the main <br />

themes <strong>of</strong> a play, analyze the characters, and study in detail the key situations. <br />

Students will also devise and write sketches <strong>of</strong> various scenes and will read and <br />

perform them. <br />

French civilization: History <strong>of</strong> Paris through its architecture <br />

This <strong>course</strong> <strong>of</strong>fers students the opportunity to study the history <strong>of</strong> France through <br />

the successive stages <strong>of</strong> the development <strong>of</strong> Paris, the capital <strong>of</strong> the various French <br />

kingdoms and empires throughout the centuries. The buildings and their particular <br />

styles are as many illustrations <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> France and the evolution <strong>of</strong> its <br />

civilization in the past 2,000 years. The classroom lectures will be supplemented by <br />

visits to many buildings, from the Roman baths at Cluny to the Centre Pompidou at <br />

Beaubourg. <br />

Impressionism and Post-Impressionism <br />

Discover the major precursors <strong>of</strong> 20th Century art in a chronological examination <strong>of</strong> <br />

the major artistic movements in Paris from 1860 to 1900. <br />

After a review <strong>of</strong> academic art, from Manet to new painting, Impressionism will be <br />

studied (through the works <strong>of</strong> Degas, Renoir, Monet); the Neo-­‐Impressionism <br />

(Seurat, Signac); symbolism and primitivism (Gauguin); Post-­‐Impressionism (Van <br />

Gogh, Cezanne, Gauguin and Toulouse Lautrec); the Nabis (Bonnard, Denis, <br />

Vuillard); and the precursors <strong>of</strong> Art Nouveau. <br />

Film Noir <br />

This <strong>course</strong> proposes to reflect on Film Noir, a genre where violence and crime <br />

(murder, robbery, kidnapping, ransom cons, escape, pursuit, revenge) exist to <br />

demonstrate heroism and provide a critical commentary on society. Our reflections <br />

will reveal aspects <strong>of</strong> French film that link cinema and society, but also, <br />

paradoxically, what constitutes the difference between reality and film. <br />

<br />

155


FRENCH <br />

Phonetics: theory and practice <br />

Course <strong>of</strong>fered by the Alliance Française: introduction to French phonology and <br />

practical sessions in the laboratory with individual corrections. <br />

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS <br />

International systems <strong>of</strong> the 20th Century <br />

This <strong>course</strong> describes and analyzes the succession <strong>of</strong> international systems in the <br />

20th Century (Order <strong>of</strong> Versailles, United Nations, Cold War, the current <br />

international disorder...), including demonstrating how the great powers have tried <br />

to organize international relations by establishing rules to create an interstate order <br />

but also analyzing the limits <strong>of</strong> the successive orders while observing the discordant <br />

elements in each system (e.g., states challenging an International order unfavorable <br />

to Germany from 1919 to 1939, world decolonization, terrorism). <br />

France and Europe <br />

This <strong>course</strong> will study the history <strong>of</strong> the development <strong>of</strong> European unification since <br />

1945, the various institutions <strong>of</strong> the European Union, and the contemporary <br />

problems facing Europe. <br />

European Union <br />

This <strong>course</strong> examines the main stages <strong>of</strong> political life in France since 1945 and the <br />

role played by France in the building <strong>of</strong> the European Union. Subjects studied <br />

include the criteria <strong>of</strong> the Maastricht Treaty and their effect on economic and social <br />

policies. <br />

<br />

156

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!